UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ý | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
OR
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-33912
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Massachusetts | 04-3308902 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of | (IRS Employer Identification No.) | |
incorporation or organization) | ||
222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts | 01852 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip code) | |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(978) 459-9000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share | NASDAQ Global Market | |
(Title of each class) | (Name of exchange on which registered) | |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
NONE
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes ý No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes ý No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ý Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files) ý Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K(§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer x | |
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company o | |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) o Yes ý No
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid price and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. 101,152,221 as of June 30, 2011
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: March 5, 2012, Common Stock - Par Value $01: 9,509,767 shares outstanding
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 1, 2012 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Number | |||
2
PART I
Item 1. | Business |
Organization
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “Enterprise”) is a Massachusetts corporation organized in 1996, which operates as the parent holding company of Enterprise Bank and Trust Company referred to as Enterprise Bank (the “Bank”). Substantially all of the Company’s operations are conducted through the Bank. The Bank, a Massachusetts trust company and state chartered commercial bank which commenced banking operations in 1989, has five wholly owned subsidiaries which are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
• | Enterprise Insurance Services, LLC, organized in 2000 for the purpose of engaging in insurance sales activities; |
• | Enterprise Investment Services, LLC, organized in 2000 for the purpose of offering non-deposit investment products and services, under the name of "Enterprise Financial Services" and; |
• | Three Massachusetts security corporations, Enterprise Security Corporation (2005), Enterprise Security Corporation II (2007) and Enterprise Security Corporation III (2007), which hold various types of qualifying securities. The security corporations are limited to conducting securities investment activities that the Bank itself would be allowed to conduct under applicable laws. |
Enterprise’s headquarters are located at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts.
The services offered through the Bank and its subsidiaries are managed as one strategic unit and represent the Company’s only reportable operating segment.
All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Market Area
The Company’s primary market area is the Merrimack Valley and North Central regions of Massachusetts and Southern New Hampshire. With the February 2012 opening of the Pelham, New Hampshire branch, Enterprise has nineteen full service branch banking offices located in the Massachusetts cities and towns of Acton, Andover, Billerica, Chelmsford, Dracut, Fitchburg, Leominster, Lowell, Methuen, Tewksbury, and Westford; and in the New Hampshire towns of Derry, Hudson, Pelham and Salem, which serve those cities and towns as well as the surrounding communities.
Management actively seeks to strengthen its market position by capitalizing on market opportunities to grow all business lines and the continued pursuit of organic growth and strategic expansion within existing and into neighboring geographic markets.
Products and Services
The Company principally is engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and investing in commercial loans and investment securities. Through the Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial and consumer loan products, deposit and cash management products, investment advisory and management, trust and insurance services. Management continually examines new products and technologies in order to maintain a highly competitive mix of offerings and state of the art delivery channels in order to target product lines to customer needs. These products and services are outlined below.
Lending Products
• | General |
The Company specializes in lending to business entities, non-profit organizations, professionals and individuals. The Company’s primary lending focus is on the development of high quality commercial relationships achieved through active business development efforts, strong community involvement and focused marketing strategies. Loans made to businesses include commercial mortgage loans, construction and land development loans, secured and unsecured commercial loans and lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. The Company also originates equipment lease financing for businesses. Loans made to individuals include conventional residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines, residential construction loans
3
on primary residences, and secured and unsecured personal loans and lines of credit. The Company does not have a “sub-prime” mortgage program. The Company seeks to manage its loan portfolio to avoid concentration by industry or loan size to minimize its credit risk exposure.
Enterprise employs a seasoned commercial lending staff, with commercial lenders supporting each branch location. An internal loan review function assesses the compliance of loan originations with the Company’s internal policies and underwriting guidelines and monitors the ongoing quality of the loan portfolio. The Company also contracts with an external loan review company to review loans in the loan portfolio on a pre-determined schedule, based on the type, size, rating, and overall risk of the loan.
A management loan review committee, consisting of senior lending officers, loan review and accounting personnel, meets monthly and is responsible for setting loan policy and procedures, as well as reviewing loans on the internal “watched asset list” and classified loan report. An internal credit review committee, consisting of senior lending officers and loan review personnel, generally meets three times per month, or on an as needed basis, to review loan requests related to borrowing relationships of certain dollar levels, as well as other borrower relationships recommended for discussion by committee members.
The Executive Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the "Board") consists of five outside members of the Board and three executive officers who are also members of the Board, with several directors who are not on the committee rotating in on a regular basis. The Executive Committee approves loan relationships exceeding certain prescribed dollar limits. A Loan Committee, consisting of six outside members of the Board, and two executive officers who are also members of the Board, reviews current portfolio statistics, problem credits, construction loan reviews, watched assets, loan delinquencies, and the allowance for loan losses, as well as current market conditions and issues relating to the construction and real estate development industry and the reports from the external loan review company. The Board’s Loan Committee is also responsible for approval of credit related charge-offs recommended by management. Approved charge-offs are forwarded to the full Board for ratification.
At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s statutory lending limit, based on 20% of capital (capital stock plus surplus and undivided profits, but excluding other comprehensive income), to any individual borrower and related entities was approximately $27 million, subject to certain exceptions provided under applicable law.
See also “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A, for further discussion on a variety of risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s loan portfolio.
• | Commercial Real Estate, Commercial and Industrial, and Construction Loans |
Commercial real estate loans include loans secured by both owner-use and non-owner occupied real estate. These loans are typically secured by a variety of commercial and industrial property types, including one-to-four family and multi-family apartment buildings, office or mixed-use facilities, strip shopping centers, or other commercial property, and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. Commercial real estate loans generally have repayment periods of approximately fifteen to twenty-five years. Variable interest rate loans have a variety of adjustment terms and indices, and are generally fixed for the first one to five years before periodic rate adjustments begin.
Commercial and industrial loans include seasonal revolving lines of credit, working capital loans, equipment financing (including equipment leases), and term loans. Also included in commercial and industrial loans are loans partially guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA), and loans under various programs issued in conjunction with the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency and other agencies. Commercial and industrial credits may be unsecured loans and lines to financially strong borrowers, secured in whole or in part by real estate unrelated to the principal purpose of the loan or secured by inventories, equipment, or receivables, and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. Variable rate loans and lines in this portfolio have interest rates that are periodically adjusted, with loans generally having fixed initial periods of one to three years. Commercial and industrial loans have average repayment periods of one to seven years.
Commercial construction loans include the development of residential housing and condominium projects, the development of commercial and industrial use property and loans for the purchase and improvement of raw land. These loans are secured in whole or in part by the underlying real estate collateral and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrowers. Construction lenders work to cultivate long-term relationships with established developers. The Company limits the amount of financing provided to any single developer for the construction of properties built on a speculative basis. Funds for construction projects are disbursed as pre-specified stages of construction are completed. Regular site inspections are
4
performed, either by experienced construction lenders on staff or by independent outside inspection companies, at each construction phase, prior to advancing additional funds. Commercial construction loans generally have terms of one to three years.
From time to time, Enterprise participates with other banks in the financing of certain commercial projects. In some cases, the Company may act as the lead lender, originating and servicing the loans, but participating out a portion of the funding to other banks. In other cases, the Company may participate in loans originated by other institutions. In each case, the participating bank funds a percentage of the loan commitment and takes on the related risk. In each case in which the Company participates in a loan, the rights and obligations of each participating bank are divided proportionately among the participating banks in an amount equal to their share of ownership and with equal priority among all banks. The balances participated out to other institutions are not carried as assets on the Company’s financial statements. Loans originated by other banks in which the Company is the participating institution are carried in the loan portfolio at the Company’s pro rata share of ownership. The Company performs an independent credit analysis of each commitment and a review of the participating institution prior to participation in the loan.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial obligation or performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. If the letter of credit is drawn upon, a loan is created for the customer, generally a commercial loan, with the same criteria associated with similar commercial loans.
• | Residential Loans |
Enterprise originates conventional mortgage loans on one-to-four family residential properties. These properties may serve as the borrower’s primary residence, or be vacation homes or investment properties. Loan to value limits vary generally from 80% for adjustable rate and multi-family owner occupied properties, up to 97% for fixed rate loans on single family owner occupied properties, with mortgage insurance coverage required for loan-to-value ratios greater than 80% based on program parameters. In addition, financing is provided for the construction of owner occupied primary residences. Residential mortgage loans may have terms of up to 30 years at either fixed or adjustable rates of interest. Fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans are generally originated using secondary market underwriting and documentation standards.
Depending on the current interest rate environment, management projections of future interest rates and the overall asset-liability management program of the Company, management may elect to sell those fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans which are eligible for sale in the secondary market, or hold some or all of this residential loan production for the Company’s portfolio. Mortgage loans are generally not pooled for sale, but instead sold on an individual basis. Enterprise may retain or sell the servicing when selling the loans. All loans sold are currently sold without recourse, subject to an early payment default period covering the first four payments for certain loan sales.
• | Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit |
Home equity loans are originated for one-to-four family residential properties with maximum combined loans to value ratios generally up to 80% of the assessed or appraised value of the property securing the loan. Home equity loan payments consist of monthly principal and interest based on amortization ranging from three to fifteen years. The rates may also be fixed for three to fifteen years.
The Company originates home equity lines for one-to-four family residential properties with maximum combined loan to value ratios generally up to 80% of the assessed or appraised value of the property securing the loan. Home equity lines generally have interest rates that adjust monthly based on changes in the Prime Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, although minimum rates may be applicable. Some home equity line rates may be fixed for a period of time and then adjusted monthly thereafter. The payment schedule for home equity lines for the first ten years of the lines are interest only payments. Generally at the end of ten years, the line is frozen to future advances, and principal plus interest payments are collected over a fifteen-year amortization schedule.
• | Consumer Loans |
Consumer loans primarily consist of secured or unsecured personal loans and overdraft protection lines on checking accounts extended to individual customers.
5
• | Credit Risk and Allowance for Loan Losses |
Information regarding the Company’s credit risk and allowance for loan losses is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the headings “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses,” contained in the section “Financial Condition,” and under the heading “Allowance for Loan Losses” which is contained in the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section of Item 7.
Deposit Products
Deposits have traditionally been the principal source of the Company’s funds. Enterprise offers commercial checking, business and municipal savings accounts, money market and business sweep accounts, and escrow management accounts, as well as checking and Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) accounts to employees of our business customers. A broad selection of competitive retail deposit products are also offered, including personal checking accounts earning interest or reward points, savings accounts, money market accounts, individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and term certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Terms on CDs typically range from one month to forty-eight months.
In addition to traditional in-house deposits, the Company also provides customers the ability to allocate money market deposits and CDs to networks of reciprocating Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured banks. Money market deposits are placed into overnight deposits and CDs are placed into selected term deposits via nationwide networks in increments that are covered by FDIC insurance. This allows the Company to offer full FDIC insurance coverage on larger deposit balances by placing the “excess” funds in FDIC insured accounts or term certificates issued by other banks participating in the networks. In exchange, the other institutions place dollar-for-dollar matching reciprocal and insurable deposits with the Company via the networks. Essentially, the equivalent of the original deposit comes back to the Company and is available to fund local loan growth. The original funds placed into the networks are not carried as deposits on the Company's balance sheet, however the network's reciprocal dollar deposits are carried as non-brokered deposits within the appropriate category under total deposits on the balance sheet.
Management determines the interest rates offered on deposit accounts based on current and expected economic conditions, competition, liquidity needs, the volatility of existing deposits, the asset-liability position of the Company and the overall objectives of the Company regarding the growth and retention of relationships.
Enterprise may also utilize brokered term and overnight deposits from a number of available sources, as an alternative to borrowed funds to support asset growth in excess of internally generated deposits. Brokered CD terms generally range from one to twelve months. The Company may also accept CDs and overnight brokered money market deposits, up to a predetermined amount, through a one-way settlements from the nationwide deposit networks discussed above. These non-reciprocal balances are carried in a sub-category labeled brokered deposits within total deposits.
Cash Management Services
In addition to the deposit products discussed above, business banking customers may take advantage of cash management services including remote deposit capture, ACH credit and debit origination, credit card processing, wholesale and retail lockbox deposit, escrow management, Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (or "IOLTA's"), NSF check recovery, coin and currency processing, check reconciliation, check payment fraud prevention, international and domestic wire transfers, corporate credit cards, payroll cards, and automated investment sweep of excess funds into FDIC insured money market and commercial checking accounts.
In addition to on-balance sheet sweep products, third party money market mutual funds are also offered for commercial sweep accounts. Management believes that commercial customers benefit from this product flexibility, while retaining a conservative investment option of high quality and safety. The balances transferred into mutual funds do not represent obligations of the Company and are not insured by the FDIC.
Product Delivery Channels
In addition to traditional product access channels, on-line banking customers may connect to their Bank accounts securely via personal computer or any internet-enabled phone or mobile device. Major on-line banking capabilities include the following: internal transfers; loan payments; bill payments; placement of stop payments; balance inquiries; access to images of checks
6
paid; and access to prior period account statements. On-line customers have the ability to enroll in business or personal mobile banking. Mobile banking retail customers have the ability to check current account balances, view recent transactions and transfer funds between accounts; commercial customers can additionally conduct ACH transactions and wire transfers through mobile banking.
On-line and mobile banking utilize multiple layers of authentication, including personal identification numbers, and one-time passwords that change with every login.
Investment Services
The Company provides a range of investment advisory and management services delivered via two channels, “Enterprise Investment Advisors” and “Enterprise Financial Services.”
Investment advisory and management services includes customized investment management and trust services provided under the label “Enterprise Investment Advisors” to individuals, family groups, commercial businesses, trusts, foundations, non-profit organizations, endowments and retirement plans.
Enterprise Investment Advisors utilizes an open-architecture “manager of managers” approach to client investment management. The philosophy is to identify and hire high performing independent investment management firms on behalf of our clients. Since 2008, the Company has partnered with Fortigent Advisors, LLP ("Fortigent"), an investment research and due diligence firm, to strengthen strategic development, improve manager access and selection and provide performance monitoring capabilities. Fortigent performs detailed research and due diligence reviews and provides an objective analysis of each independent management firm based on historic returns, management, longevity, investment style, risk profile, and other criteria, and maintains ongoing oversight and monitoring of their performance. This due diligence is intended to enable the Company to customize investment portfolios to meet each customer’s financial objectives and deliver superior long-term performance.
Complementing our open-architecture “manager of managers” approach, Enterprise Investment Advisors also offers the flexibility of an individually managed portfolio, for clients who prefer customized asset management, which includes our Large Cap Core Equity Strategy, a proprietary blend of value and growth stocks. Our secondary sources of research for our individually managed portfolios include Northern Trust, Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse and Standard and Poors.
Enterprise Financial Services provides brokerage and management services through a third party arrangement with Commonwealth Financial Network, a licensed securities brokerage firm, with products designed primarily for the individual investor.
Insurance Services
Enterprise Insurance Services, LLC, engages in insurance sales activities through a third party arrangement with HUB International New England, LLC (“HUB”), which is a full service insurance agency, with offices in Massachusetts and New Hampshire, and is part of HUB International Limited, which operates throughout the United States and Canada. Enterprise Insurance Services provides, through HUB, a full array of insurance products including property and casualty, employee benefits and risk-management solutions tailored to serve the specific insurance needs of businesses in a range of industries operating in the Company’s market area.
Investment Activities
The investment portfolio activities are an integral part of the overall asset-liability management program of the Company. The investment function provides readily available funds to support loan growth, as well as to meet withdrawals and maturities of deposits, and attempts to provide maximum return consistent with liquidity constraints and general prudence, including diversification and safety of investments.
The securities in which the Company may invest are limited by regulation. In addition, an internal investment policy restricts fixed income investments to high quality securities within the following categories: U.S. treasury securities, federal agency obligations (obligations issued by government sponsored enterprises that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the
7
United States government), mortgage-backed securities (“MBS’s”), including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO’s”), and municipal securities (“Municipals”). The Company has not purchased sub-prime mortgage-backed securities. The Company is required to purchase Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”) stock in association with the Bank’s outstanding advances from the FHLB; this stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost. The Company may also invest in certificates of deposit and, within prescribed regulatory limits, in both publicly traded and unlisted equity securities, registered mutual funds and unregistered funds, including private hedge funds, venture capital and private equity funds and “funds of funds” that may in turn invest in any of the foregoing. Since 2011, the Company has utilized an outside registered investment adviser to manage the municipal bond portfolio within prescribed guidelines set by management. The Company’s internal investment policy also limits the categories within the investment portfolio and sets target sector ranges as a percentage of the total portfolio. The effect of changes in interest rates, market values and timing of principal payments are considered when purchasing securities.
Cash equivalents are defined as highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changes in interest rates. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may be comprised of cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits (deposit, money market, and money market mutual funds accounts and short-term U.S. Agency Discount Notes,) and overnight and term federal funds sold ("fed funds"). Short-term investments not carried as cash equivalents are classified as “other short-term investments.”
As of the balance sheet dates reflected in this annual report, all of the investment securities within the portfolio were classified as available for sale and carried at fair value,with the exception of restricted FHLB stock, which is carried on the balance sheet as a separate line item and is carried at cost. Management regularly reviews the portfolio for securities with unrealized losses that are other than temporarily impaired (“OTTI”). This assessment includes: evaluating the level and duration of the loss on individual securities; evaluating the credit quality of fixed income issuers; determining if any individual securities or mutual funds exhibit fundamental deterioration; and estimating whether it is unlikely that the individual security or fund will completely recover its unrealized loss within a reasonable period of time, or in the case of fixed income securities prior to maturity. In addition, management determines if it does not intend to, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to, sell those investments prior to a market price recovery or maturity. If a decline in the market value of an equity security or fund is considered other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security or fund is written down to market value with a charge to earnings. In the case of fixed income securities which the Company does not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell prior to a market price recovery or maturity, the noncredit portion of the impairment may be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income with only the credit portion of the impairment charged to earnings.
Investment transaction summaries, portfolio allocations and projected cash flows are prepared quarterly and presented to the Asset-Liability Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (“ALCO”) on a periodic basis. ALCO is comprised of six outside directors and three executive officers who are also directors of the Company, with various management liaisons. In addition, several directors who are not on the committee rotate in to the committee on a regular basis. ALCO regularly reviews the composition and key risk characteristics of the Company’s investment portfolio, including effective duration, cash flow, market value at risk and asset class concentration. Credit risk inherent in the portfolio is closely monitored by management and presented at least annually to ALCO. ALCO also designates acceptable and unacceptable investment practices, approves the selection of securities dealers, and the Company’s ongoing investment strategy.
See also “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A, for further discussion on a variety of risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s investment portfolio.
Other Sources of Funds
As discussed above, deposit gathering has been the principal source of funds. Asset growth in excess of deposits may be funded through the investment portfolio cash flow, or the following sources.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowing capacity includes borrowing arrangements at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (“FRB”) Discount Window, and borrowing arrangements with correspondent banks and repurchase agreements with customers.
Membership in the FHLB provides borrowing capacity based on qualifying collateral balances pre-pledged to the FHLB,
8
including certain residential loans, home equity lines, commercial loans and U.S. Government and Agency securities. Borrowings from the FHLB have to date been utilized to fund short-term liquidity needs or specific lending projects under the FHLB’s community development programs. This facility is an integral component of the Company’s asset-liability management program.
The FRB Discount Window borrowing capacity is based on the pledge of qualifying collateral balances to the FRB. At December 31, 2011, the collateral pledged for this FRB facility was comprised primarily of certain municipal securities from the investment portfolio. Additional types of collateral are available to increase borrowing capacity with the FRB if necessary.
Pre-established overnight borrowing arrangements with large national and regional correspondent banks provide additional overnight and short-term borrowing capacity for the Company.
The Company may also borrow funds from customers (generally commercial and municipal customers) by entering into agreements to sell and repurchase investment securities from the Company’s portfolio, with terms that may range from one week to six months. These repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source. Interest rates paid on these repurchase agreements are based on market conditions and the Company’s need for additional funds at the time of the transaction.
See also “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A, for further discussion on a variety of risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s ability to obtain funding and sustain liquidity.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
In March 2000, the Company organized Enterprise (MA) Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a statutory business trust created under the laws of Delaware, in order to issue $10.5 million of 10.875% trust preferred securities that mature in 2030 and are callable beginning in 2010, at a premium if called between 2010 and 2020 (to date, the Company has not called any portion of these trust preferred securities). The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust, along with the Company’s $325 thousand capital contribution, to acquire $10.8 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10.875% Junior Subordinated Debentures that mature in 2030 and are callable beginning in 2010 . The Company contributed $10.3 million of proceeds from the sale of these securities to the Bank in 2000.
Pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (originally issued as Financial Interpretation No. 46R) in December 2003, the Company carries the $10.8 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures on the Company’s financial statements as a liability, along with related interest expense, and the $10.5 million of trust preferred securities issued by the Trust, and the related non-interest expense, are excluded from the Company’s financial statements.
Capital Resources
Capital planning by the Company and the Bank considers current needs and anticipated future growth. The primary sources of capital have been the original capitalization of the Bank of $15.5 million from the sale of common stock in 1988 and 1989, the issuance of $10.5 million of trust preferred securities in 2000 by the Trust, net proceeds of $8.8 million from the 2009 offering discussed below, retention of earnings less dividends paid since the Bank commenced operations, proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and proceeds from purchases of shares pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
The Company has remaining approximately $16 million in capacity to raise capital under a shelf registration of rights and common stock which expires in September 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2009, in order to increase capital and position itself to take advantage of growth and market share opportunities, the Company raised $8.9 million in new capital through a combined Shareholder Subscription Rights Offering and Supplemental Community Offering, under a 2009 $25 million SEC shelf registration. The Company contributed the net proceeds from these offerings ($8.8 million net of offering expenses) to the Bank.
Management believes that current capital is adequate to support ongoing operations and that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, both the Company and the Bank qualified as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and the FDIC.
9
See “Capital Requirements” below under the heading “Supervision and Regulation” for information regarding the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital requirements.
Patents, Trademarks, etc.
The Company holds a number of registered service marks related to product names and corporate branding. The Company holds no patents, registered trademarks, licenses (other than licenses required to be obtained from appropriate banking regulatory agencies), franchises or concessions which are material to its business.
Employees
At December 31, 2011, the Company employed 347 full-time equivalent employees, including 138 officers. None of the employees are presently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes its employee relations are excellent.
Company Website
Enterprise Bank currently uses outside vendors to design, support and host its internet website. The underlying structure of the site allows for the ongoing maintenance of the information to be performed by authorized Company personnel. The site provides information on the Company and its products and services. Users have the ability to open various deposit accounts as well as the ability to submit mortgage loan applications online and, via a link, to access their on-line account and mobile banking services. The site also provides the access point to a variety of specified banking services and to various financial management tools. In addition, the site includes the following major capabilities: career opportunities; an ATM/Branch Locator/Map; and investor and corporate information, which includes a corporate governance page. The Company’s corporate governance page includes the corporate governance guidelines, code of business conduct and ethics, and whistleblower protection policy, as well as the charters of the Board of Directors’ Audit, Compensation and Personnel, and Corporate Governance/Nominating committees.
In the Investor Relations section of the site, under the SEC Filings tab, the Company makes available copies of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. Additionally, the site includes all registration statements that the Company has been required to file in connection with the issuance of its shares. The Company similarly makes available all insider stock ownership and transaction reports filed with the SEC by executive officers, directors and any 10% stockholders under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Forms 3, 4 and 5). Access to all of these reports is made available free of charge and is essentially simultaneous with the SEC’s posting of these reports on its EDGAR system through the SEC website (www.SEC.gov). The Company’s internet web address is EnterpriseBanking.com.
Competition
Enterprise faces strong competition to generate loans attract deposits, and to grow its insurance business and investment advisory assets. National and larger regional banks have a local presence in the Company’s market area. These established larger banks, as well as recent larger entrants into the local market area, have certain competitive advantages, including the ability to make larger loans to a single borrower than is possible for the Company and greater financial resources. Numerous local savings banks, commercial banks, cooperative banks and credit unions have one or more offices in the Company’s market area. The expanded commercial lending capabilities of credit unions and the shift to commercial lending by traditional savings banks means that both of these types of traditionally consumer-orientated institutions now compete for the Company’s targeted commercial customers. In addition, the non-taxable status of credit unions provides them with certain cost and pricing advantages as compared to taxable institutions. Competition for loans, investment advisory assets, insurance business and deposits also comes from other businesses that provide financial services, including consumer finance companies, mortgage brokers and lenders, private lenders, insurance companies, securities brokerage firms, institutional mutual funds, registered investment advisors, internet based banks and other non-bank delivery channels. Management actively seeks to strengthen its competitive position by capitalizing on the market opportunities and the continued pursuit of strategic growth within existing and neighboring geographic markets.
Management believes that the Company has established a positive reputation within its market area as a dependable commercial-focused community bank. Management is committed to differentiating the Company from the competition by providing a full range of diversified financial services and products with consistent and exceptional customer service, a highly-trained and dedicated staff of knowledgeable banking professionals, open and honest communication with clients, and a
10
committed focus on active community involvement which has lead to a strong referral network with business and community leaders.
Management continually examines the Company’s product lines and technologies in order to maintain a highly competitive mix of offerings and delivery channels, and to target products to customer needs. Advances in, and the increased use of, technology, such as internet and mobile banking, electronic transaction processing and information security, are expected to have a significant impact on the future competitive landscape confronting financial institutions.
See also “Supervision and Regulation” below, and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Opportunities and Risks” included in the section entitled “Overview,” which is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for further discussion on how new laws and regulations and other factors may affect the Company’s competitive position, growth and/or profitability.
Supervision and Regulation
General
Set forth below is a description of the significant elements of the laws and regulations applicable to the Company. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described. Moreover, these statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by the U.S. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or its principal subsidiary, the Bank, could have a material effect on our business.
Regulatory Agencies
As a registered bank holding company, the Company is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve Board and, acting under delegated authority, the FRB pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”).
As a Massachusetts state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and, with respect to the Bank's New Hampshire branching operations, the New Hampshire Banking Department. As a state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is also subject to the supervision and regulation of the FDIC.
Recent Developments
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which implements significant changes to the regulation of the financial services industry. Among other reforms, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that are intended to accomplish the following objectives:
• | Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency within the Federal Reserve System, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), with broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and thrifts. Banking institutions with total assets of $10.0 billion or less, such as the Bank, will be subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws and such additional regulations as may be adopted by the CFPB. |
• | Apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding companies and financial holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. |
• | Require the federal banking agencies to make their capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies countercyclical, so that the minimum amount of required capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction. |
• | Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to the amount of consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and increase the floor of the size of the DIF. |
• | Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until |
11
December 31, 2012 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts and IOLTA's at all insured depository institutions, and increase the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000.
• | Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. |
• | Impose comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, including provisions that effectively prohibit insured depository institutions from conducting certain derivatives activities from within the institution. |
• | Implement corporate governance revisions, including executive compensation reporting obligations for financial institutions with total assets of more than $1.0 billion and executive compensation disclosure and proxy access requirements for all publicly traded companies. |
• | Increase the Federal Reserve Board's examination authority with respect to bank holding companies' non-banking subsidiaries. |
• | Significantly increases the regulation of mortgage lending and servicing by banks and nonbanks. In particular, requires mortgage originators to act in the best interests of a consumer and seeks to ensure that a consumer will have the capacity to repay a loan that the consumer enters into; mandates comprehensive additional residential mortgage loan related disclosures; requires mortgage loan securitizers to retain a certain amount of risk (as established by the regulatory agencies). However, mortgages that conform to the new regulatory standards as "qualified residential mortgages" will not be subject to risk retention requirements. |
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking by various regulatory agencies and will take effect over several years, making it difficult at this time to anticipate the overall financial impact of this expansive legislation on the Company, its customers or the financial industry generally.
Bank Holding Company Regulation
As a registered bank holding company, the Company is required to furnish to the FRB annual and quarterly reports of its operations and may also be required to furnish such additional information and reports as the Federal Reserve Board or the FRB may require.
Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board or, acting under delegated authority, the FRB before (1) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any class of voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, the Company would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the class; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. The Company's acquisition of or merger with another bank holding company or acquisition of another bank would also require the prior approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation.
Under the Bank Holding Company Act, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve Board or, acting under delegated authority, the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank prior to acquiring control of the Company or the Bank. For purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act, “control” is defined as ownership of 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or the Bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over management or policies of the Company or the Bank.
The Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended (the “Change in Bank Control Act”), and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve Board require any person or groups of persons acting in concert (except for companies required to make application under the Bank Holding Company Act), to file a written notice with the Federal Reserve Board or, acting under delegated authority, the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank, before the person or group acquires control of the Company. The Change in Bank Control Act defines “control” as the direct or indirect power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities or to direct the management or policies of a bank holding company or an insured bank. A rebuttable presumption of control arises under the Change in Bank Control Act where a person or group controls 10% or more, but less than 25%, of a class of the voting stock of a company or insured bank which is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, such as the Company, or such ownership interest is greater than the ownership interest held by any other person or group.
Under the Change in Bank Control Act and applicable Massachusetts law, any person or group of persons acting in concert would also be required to file a written notice with the FDIC and the Commissioner before acquiring any such direct or indirect control of the Bank.
12
The Bank Holding Company Act also limits the investments and activities of bank holding companies. In general, a bank holding company is prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, providing services for its subsidiaries, and various non-bank activities that are deemed to be closely related to banking. The activities of the Company are subject to these legal and regulatory limitations under the Bank Holding Company Act and the implementing regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.
A bank holding company may also elect to become a “financial holding company,” by which a qualified parent holding company of a banking institution may engage, directly or through its non-bank subsidiaries, in any activity that is financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or in any other activity that is complimentary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. A bank holding company will be able to successfully elect to be regulated as a financial holding company if all of its depository institution subsidiaries meet certain prescribed standards pertaining to management, capital adequacy and compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the “Community Reinvestment Act”), such as being “well-capitalized” and “well-managed,” and must have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “satisfactory.” Financial holding companies remain subject to regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company believes that the Bank, which is the Company's sole depository institution subsidiary, presently satisfies all of the requirements that must be met to enable the Company to successfully elect to become a financial holding company. However, the Company has no current intention of seeking to become a financial holding company. Such a course of action may become necessary or appropriate at some time in the future depending upon the Company's strategic plan.
Under the Federal Reserve Board's “source of strength” doctrine, a bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to any subsidiary bank. The holding company is expected to commit resources to support a subsidiary bank, including at times when the holding company may not be in a financial position to provide such support. A bank holding company's failure to meet its source-of-strength obligations may constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board's regulations, or both. The source-of-strength doctrine most directly affects bank holding companies in situations where the bank holding company's subsidiary bank fails to maintain adequate capital levels. This doctrine was codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, but the Federal Reserve Board has not yet adopted regulations to implement this requirement.
The Federal Reserve Board also has the power to order a bank holding company to terminate any activity or investment, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or investment or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of any subsidiary bank of the bank holding company.
Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve's Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated net worth. There is an exception for bank holding companies that are well-managed, well-capitalized, and not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company could not impair its subsidiary bank's soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believed it not prudent to do so.
The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) expanded the Federal Reserve's authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations. FIRREA increased the amount of civil money penalties which the Federal Reserve can assess for activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues. FIRREA also expanded the scope of individuals and entities against which such penalties may be assessed.
Bank Regulation
The Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Commissioner and the FDIC, and, with respect to its New Hampshire branching operations, of the New Hampshire Banking Department. Federal and Massachusetts laws and regulations that specifically apply to the Bank's business and operations cover, among other matters, the scope of its business, the nature of its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, its activities relating to dividends,
13
investments, loans, the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, and mergers and acquisitions. The Bank is also subject to federal and state laws and regulations that restrict or limit loans or extensions of credit to, or other transactions with, “insiders”, including officers, directors and principal shareholders, and loans or extension of credit by banks to affiliates or purchases of assets from, or other transactions with, affiliates, including parent holding companies.
The FDIC and the Commissioner may exercise extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. If as a result of an examination, the Commissioner or the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank's operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, the Commissioner and the FDIC have authority to undertake a variety of enforcement measures of varying degrees of severity, including the following:
• | Requiring the Bank to take affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; |
• | Directing the Bank to increase capital and maintain higher specific minimum capital ratios, which may preclude the Bank from being deemed to be well capitalized and restrict its ability to engage in various activities; |
• | Restricting the Bank's growth geographically, by products and services, or by mergers and acquisitions; |
• | Requiring the Bank to enter into an informal or formal enforcement action to take corrective measures and cease unsafe and unsound practices, including requesting the board of directors to adopt a binding resolution or sign a memorandum of understanding or requesting the Bank to enter into consent order; |
• | Requiring prior approval for any changes in senior management or the board of directors; |
• | Removing officers and directors and assessing civil monetary penalties; and |
• | Taking possession of, closing and liquidating the Bank or appointing the FDIC as receiver under certain circumstances. |
Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), and applicable Massachusetts law, the Bank may generally engage in any activity that is permissible under Massachusetts law and either is permissible for national banks or the FDIC has determined does not pose a significant risk to the DIF. In addition, the Bank may also form, subject to the approvals of the Commissioner and the FDIC, “financial subsidiaries” to engage in any activity that is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity. In order to qualify for the authority to form a financial subsidiary, the Bank would be required to satisfy certain conditions, some of which are substantially similar to those that the Company would be required to satisfy in order to elect to become a financial holding company. The Company believes that the Bank would be able to satisfy all of the conditions that would be required to form a financial subsidiary, although the Company has no current intention of doing so. Such a course of action may become necessary or appropriate at some time in the future depending upon the Company's strategic plan.
Capital Requirements
The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and banks that are expected to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization's operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, such as loans, and those recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as commitments, letters of credit and recourse arrangements. Under these capital guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain certain minimum capital ratios, which are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. In general, the dollar amounts of assets and certain off-balance sheet items are “risk-adjusted” and assigned to various risk categories. In addition to such risk adjusted capital requirements, banking organizations are also required to maintain an additional minimum “leverage” capital ratio, which is calculated on the basis of average total assets without any adjustment for risk being made to the value of the assets. Qualifying capital is classified depending on the type of capital as follows:
• | “Tier 1 capital” consists of common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. In determining bank holding company compliance with holding company level capital requirements, qualifying Tier 1 capital may count trust preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits for inclusion of restricted core capital elements in Tier 1 capital provided that the bank holding company has total assets of less than $15.0 billion and such trust preferred securities were issued before May 19, 2010; |
• | “Tier 2 capital” includes, among other things, hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt |
14
securities, qualifying term subordinated debt, preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount of allowance for loan and lease losses; and
• | “Tier 3 capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. |
Under the federal capital guidelines, there are three fundamental capital ratios: a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio. To be deemed “well capitalized”, a bank holding company must have a total risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and 6%, respectively, and a bank must have a total risk-based capital ratio, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, 6% and 5%, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the respective capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum percentage requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized” under applicable Federal Reserve Board and FDIC capital rules.
Pursuant to federal regulations, banks and bank holding companies must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans. The federal banking agencies may change existing capital guidelines or adopt new capital guidelines in the future and have required many banks and bank holding companies subject to enforcement actions to maintain capital ratios in excess of the minimum ratios otherwise required to be deemed well capitalized, in which case the affected institution may no longer be deemed well capitalized and may be subject to restrictions on various activities, including a bank's ability to accept or renew brokered deposits.
The current risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors and regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country's supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply.
In 2008 a revised international accord, referred to as Basel II, became mandatory for large internationally active banking organizations or “core” banks, defined as having total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more, and emphasized internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, as well as supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements. Basel II did not apply to, and was not adopted by, the Company or the Bank.
In September 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervisors of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, published its “calibrated” capital standards for major banking institutions, referred to as Basel III. Under these standards, when fully phased in on January 1, 2019, banking institutions will be required to maintain heightened Tier 1 common equity, Tier 1 capital, and total capital ratios, in amounts equal to 4.5%, 6.0% and 8.0% of risk-weighted assets, respectively, as well as maintaining a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The Tier 1 common equity and Tier 1 capital ratio requirements will be phased in incrementally between January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2015; the deductions from common equity made in calculating Tier 1 common equity will be phased in incrementally over a four-year period commencing on January 1, 2014; and the capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019. The Basel Committee also announced that a countercyclical buffer of 0% to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss-absorbing capital will be implemented according to national circumstances as an extension of the conservation buffer.
The long-term impact, if any, of the Basel III capital standards on smaller, domestic banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, remains unclear at this time, although the Dodd-Frank Act does require the federal banking agencies to incorporate counter-cyclical components into their capital adequacy rules.
Prompt Corrective Action
The federal banking agencies have issued regulations pursuant to the FDIA defining five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed, based on the level of its capital ratios: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. A bank that may otherwise meet the minimum requirements to be classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated instead as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, a bank that is deemed to be undercapitalized or in a lesser capital category will be required to submit to its primary federal banking regulator a capital restoration plan and to comply with the plan.
Any bank holding company that controls a subsidiary bank that has been required to submit a capital restoration plan will be required to provide assurances of compliance by the bank with the capital restoration plan, subject to limitations on the bank
15
holding company's aggregate liability in connection with providing such required assurances. Failure to restore capital under a capital restoration plan can result in the bank being placed into receivership if it becomes critically undercapitalized. A bank subject to prompt corrective action also may affect its parent holding company in other ways. These include possible restrictions or prohibitions on dividends or subordinated debt payments to the parent holding company by the bank, as well as limitations on other transactions between the bank and the parent holding company. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may impose restrictions on the ability of the bank holding company itself to pay dividends, or require divestiture of holding company affiliates that pose a significant risk to the subsidiary bank, or require divestiture of the undercapitalized subsidiary bank. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank may be subject to increased operating restrictions by its primary federal banking regulator.
Branching
Massachusetts law provides that a Massachusetts banking company can establish a branch anywhere in Massachusetts provided that the branch is approved in advance by the Commissioner and the FDIC, who consider a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Bank also may establish branches in any other state if that state would permit the establishment of a branch by a state bank chartered in that state, which also requires the approval of the Commissioner, the FDIC and potentially the state banking authority into which the Bank intends to branch.
Deposit Insurance
The FDIC insures the deposits of federally insured banks, such as the Bank, and thrifts, up to prescribed statutory limits for each depositor, through the DIF and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and thrift industries. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raised the standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000. On November 9, 2010, the FDIC Board of Directors also issued a final rule to implement a requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act that provides temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing accounts and IOLTA's from December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This temporary unlimited coverage is in addition to, and separate from, the coverage of at least $250,000 available to each depositor under the FDIC's general deposit insurance rules.
The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each insured depository institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Since 2008, there have been higher levels of bank failures, which have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted the DIF. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the DIF, the FDIC has increased assessment rates of insured depository institutions and may continue to do so in the future. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a requirement for institutions to prepay in 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012.
The Bank is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that it is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines, the Bank may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. These announced increases and any future increases in FDIC insurance premiums may have a material and adverse affect on the Company's earnings. In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”), an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. These assessments, which are included in Deposit Insurance Premiums on the Consolidated Statements of Income, will continue until the FICO bonds mature between 2017 and 2019.
In connection with the Dodd Frank Act's requirement that insurance assessments be based on assets, the FDIC has redefined its deposit insurance premium assessment base to be an institution's average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, and revised its deposit insurance assessment rate schedule in light of this change to the assessment base. The revised rate schedule and other revisions to the assessment rules, which were adopted by the FDIC Board of Directors on February 7, 2011, became effective April 1, 2011. Pursuant to this new rule, the assessment base will be larger than the current assessment base, but the new rates are lower than current rates, ranging from approximately 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points (depending on applicable adjustments for unsecured debt and brokered deposits) until such time as the FDIC's reserve ratio equals 1.15% of total estimated insured deposits. Once the FDIC's reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.15%, the applicable assessment rates may range from 1.5 basis points to 40 basis points. The Bank's deposit insurance expense decreased as a result of the changes to the Bank's deposit insurance premium assessment base implemented by the FDIC pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act.
16
The FDIC implemented two temporary programs under the Temporary Liquidity Guaranty Program (“TLGP”), which was adopted in October 2008 to strengthen public confidence and encourage liquidity in the nation's banking system: the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”) (to provide deposit insurance for the full amount of most non-interest bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2010) and the Debt Guarantee Program (to guarantee certain unsecured debt of financial institutions and their holding companies through the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or June 30, 2012). The Bank was a participant in the TAGP, which expired on December 31, 2010, and continues to provide temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing accounts and IOLTA's pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act requirement referred to above. The Bank also applied for, and was approved for participation in the Debt Guarantee Program, which expired on October 31, 2009, although neither the Company nor the Bank issued any guaranteed debt at any time under the program. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the FDIC to guarantee debt of solvent institutions and their holding companies in a manner similar to the Debt Guarantee Program; however, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve must make a determination that there is a liquidity event that threatens the financial stability of the United States and the United States Department of the Treasury must approve the terms of the guarantee program.
Restrictions on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions
The Company's ability to pay dividends on its shares depends primarily on dividends it receives from the Bank. Both Massachusetts and federal law limit the payment of dividends by the Company and the Bank. Under Massachusetts law, the Company is generally prohibited from paying a dividend or making any other distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or if its total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if it were dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy any preferential rights on dissolution of holders of preferred stock ranking senior in right of payment to the capital stock on which the applicable distribution is made. The Federal Reserve Board also has further authority to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement and supervisory guidance on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that, (1) the company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover the cash dividends, (2) the rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition, and (3) the minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios are met. It is also the Federal Reserve Board's policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to serve as a source of strength to their banking subsidiaries.
Under FDIC regulations and applicable Massachusetts law, the dollar amount of dividends and any other capital distributions that the Bank may make depends upon its capital position and recent net income. Generally, so long as the Bank remains adequately capitalized, it may make capital distributions during any calendar year equal to up to 100% of net income for the year to date plus retained net income for the two preceding years. However, if the Bank's capital becomes impaired or the FDIC or Commissioner otherwise determines that the Bank is in need of more than normal supervision, the Bank may be prohibited or otherwise limited from paying any dividends or making any other capital distributions.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within its jurisdiction, the FDIC is to evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on us. Additionally, the Bank must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements. The Bank received a rating of “satisfactory” on its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders
The Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (the “Affiliates Act”), as such provisions are made applicable to state non-member banks by Section 18(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank.
These provisions place limits on the amount of:
• | loans or extensions of credit to affiliates; |
• | investment in affiliates; |
• | assets that may be purchased from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the Federal |
17
Reserve;
• | the amount of loans or extensions of credit to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates; and |
• | the guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. |
The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the Bank's capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of its capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the purchase or acquisition of low-quality assets from affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of Section 23A, and going forward, will include investment funds managed by an institution as an affiliate, as well as other procedural and substantive hurdles.
The Bank is also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibits the Bank from engaging in any transaction with an affiliate unless the transaction is on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
Under both Massachusetts and federal law, the Bank is also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded coverage of transactions with insiders by including credit exposure arising from derivative transactions (which are also covered by the expansion of Section 23A). The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits an insured depository institution from purchasing or selling an asset to an executive officer, director, or principal shareholder (or any related interest of such a person) unless the transaction is on market terms, and, if the transaction exceeds 10% of the institution's capital, it is approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested directors.
Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations
The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm nonresidential properties (excluding loans secured by owner-occupied properties) and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank's commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.
Other Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws
The Bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering and consumer protection statutes and implement regulations, including but not limited to the Truth in Savings Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Expedited Funds Availability Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various other federal and state privacy protection laws. Failure to comply in any material respect with any of these laws could subject the Bank to lawsuits and could also result in administrative penalties, including fines and reimbursements. The Company and the Bank are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply in any material respect with any of these laws and regulations could subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.
18
Item 1A. | Risk Factors |
An investment in the Company’s common stock is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. These risks and uncertainties are not listed in any particular order of priority and are not necessarily the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair the Company’s business and results of operations.
This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the Company’s common stock could decline significantly, and shareholders could lose some or all of their investment.
The Company’s Profitability Depends Significantly on Economic Conditions in the Company’s Primary Market Areas
The Company’s success depends principally on the general economic conditions of the primary market areas in which the Company operates. The local economic conditions in these regions have a significant impact on the demand for the Company’s products and services as well as the ability of the Company’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Company’s deposit funding sources.
Any weakening in general economic conditions in the New England region, or any long-term deterioration of national and global economies, as well as any possible subsequent effects of negative trends, could further weaken the regional economy and have long-term adverse consequences on local industries, employment levels, foreclosure rates and commercial real estate values which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition, capital position, liquidity, and performance in a variety of ways. Potential adverse effects on the Company could include: continued downward pressure on its net interest margin; deterioration in its asset quality; a decline in the underlying values of commercial real estate collateral; an increased level of loan delinquencies; an increase in the level of its allowance for loan losses; a decline in the value of its investment portfolio; unanticipated charges against capital; restrictions on funding sources, which could adversely impact the Company’s ability to meet cash needs; and a decline in the market price of the Company’s common stock.
In addition to the consequences of a weakening economic environment, any significant and sustained decline in general economic conditions caused by national or global political situations, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences, market interest rate changes, or other factors, could also impact local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is Subject to Lending Risk
There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in the economic conditions in the market areas in which the Company operates and changes in interest rates. Weakening of economic conditions within the Company’s market area or increases in interest rates could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. In addition, the Company may be impacted by the following risk associated with its lending activities:
Commercial Lending Generally Involves a Higher Degree of Risk than Retail Residential Mortgage Lending
The Company’s loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than owner-occupied residential real estate loans or consumer loans, and are also of typically larger balances. The underlying commercial real estate values, the actual costs necessary to complete a construction project, or customer cash flow and payment expectations on such loans can be more easily influenced by adverse conditions in the related industries, the real estate market or in the economy in general. Any significant deterioration in the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio or underlying collateral values could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company May Need to Increase the Allowance for Loan Losses
The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses, which is established through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings, that represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent within the existing portfolio of loans. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and
19
may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those of the Company’s management. While the Company strives to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become non-performing, it may not be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become non-performing assets, or be able to limit losses on those loans that have been identified to be non-performing. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, depending upon the magnitude of the changes, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
See the discussions contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Allowance for Loan Losses,” which is contained in the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section and under the headings “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses,” included in the section entitled “Financial Condition,” for further information regarding the process by which the Company determines the appropriate level of its allowance for loan losses.
Increases in the Company's Nonperforming Assets Could Adversely Affect the Company's Results of Operations and Financial Condition in the Future
Non-performing assets adversely affect net income in various ways. While the Company pays interest expense to fund non-performing assets, no interest income is recorded on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting income and returns on assets and equity. In addition, loan administration and workout costs increase, resulting in additional reductions of earnings. When taking collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, the Company is required to carry the property or loan at its then-estimated fair market value less estimated cost to sell, which, when compared to the carrying value of the loan, may result in a loss. These non-performing loans and other real estate owned also increase the Company's risk profile and the capital that regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. The resolution of non-performing assets requires significant time commitments from management and staff. The Company may experience further increases in non-performing loans in the future, and non-performing assets may result in further costs and losses in the future, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.
The Company's Use of Appraisals in Deciding Whether to Make a Loan Secured by Real Property Does Not Ensure the Value of the Real Property Collateral
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, the Company generally requires an independent appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and an error in fact or judgment could adversely affect the reliability of an appraisal. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the value of collateral backing a loan may be less than supposed, and if a default occurs the Company may not recover the outstanding balance of the loan.
The Company is Subject to Environmental Risks Associated with Owning Real Estate or Collateral
The cost of cleaning up or paying damages and penalties associated with environmental problems could increase the Company's operating expenses. When a borrower defaults on a loan secured by real property, the Company may purchase the property in foreclosure or accept a deed to the property surrendered by the borrower. The Company may also take over the management of commercial properties whose owners have defaulted on loans. The Company also owns and lease premises where branches and other bank facilities are located. While the Company's lending, foreclosure and facilities policies and guidelines are intended to exclude properties with an unreasonable risk of contamination, hazardous substances could exist on some of the properties that the Company may own, acquire, manage or occupy. Environmental laws could force the Company to clean up the properties at the Company's expense. It may cost much more to clean a property than the property is worth and it may be difficult or impossible to sell contaminated properties. The Company could also be liable for pollution generated by a borrower's operations if the Company takes a role in managing those operations after a default.
Sale of Loans in the Secondary Market is Impacted by Government Regulations
The Company sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market. Potential changes to this market resulting from any possible government restrictions on, or restructuring of, the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") or from any new regulations in this area could impact the Company’s ability to generate and/or sell these loans.
See the discussions contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the headings “Loans” and “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” included in the section entitled “Financial Condition,” for further information regarding the Company’s commercial loan portfolio and credit risk.
20
The Company’s Investment Portfolio Could Incur Losses
There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s investment activities. These risks include the impact of changes in interest rates, weakness in the real estate or other industries, adverse changes in regional or national economic conditions, and general turbulence in domestic and foreign financial markets, among other things. These conditions could adversely impact the fair market value and/or the ultimate collectability of the Company’s investments. In addition to fair market value impairment, carrying values may be adversely impacted due to a fundamental deterioration of the individual municipality or government agency whose debt obligations the Company owns or of the individual company or fund in which the Company has invested.
If an investment’s value is deemed other than temporarily impaired, then the Company is required to write down the carrying value of the investment which may involve a charge to earnings. The determination of the level of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) involves a high degree of judgment and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current market risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Any OTTI charges, depending upon the magnitude of the charges, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
As a member of the FHLB, the Company is required to purchase certain levels of FHLB capital stock in association with the Company's borrowing relationship from the FHLB. This stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost, which management believes approximates fair value. FHLB stock represents the only restricted investment held by the Company.
Although recent financial results of the FHLB have continued to improve in 2011, if further deterioration in the FHLB financial condition or capital levels occurs, the Company's investment in FHLB capital stock may become other than temporarily impaired to some degree.
See the discussions contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Impairment Review of Securities,” which is contained in the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section, and under the headings “Investment” and "Federal Home Loan Bank Stock," included in the section entitled “Financial Condition,” for further information regarding the process by which the Company determines the level of other-than-temporary impairment. See also the discussion contained in this Item 1A under the heading “Sources of External Funding May Become Restricted and Impact the Company's Liquidity.”
The Carrying Value of the Company’s Goodwill Could Become Impaired
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company does not amortize goodwill and instead, at least annually, evaluates whether the carrying value of goodwill has become impaired. Impairment of the goodwill may occur when the estimated fair value of the Company is less than its recorded book value (i.e., the net book value of its recorded assets and liabilities). This may occur, for example, when the estimated fair value of the Company declines due to changes in the assumptions and inputs used in management’s estimate of fair value. A determination that goodwill has become impaired results in an immediate write-down of goodwill to its determined value with a resulting charge to operations. Any write down of goodwill will result in a decrease in net income and, depending upon the magnitude of the charge, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
See the discussions contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Impairment Review of Goodwill,” which is contained in the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section, for further information regarding the process by which the Company determines whether an impairment of goodwill has occurred.
The Company is Subject to Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income, meaning the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including monetary policy of the federal government, inflation and deflation, volatility of financial and credit markets, and competition. If the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
See Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” for further discussions related to the Company’s
21
management of interest rate risk.
Sources of External Funding Could Become Restricted and Impact the Company’s Liquidity
The Company’s external funding sources include borrowing capacity at the FHLB and FRB, capacity in the brokered deposit markets, and through other borrowing arrangements with correspondent banks, as well as accessing the public equity market through offerings of the Company’s stock. The Company has in the past also raised funds through the issuance of trust preferred securities, which was a common means of raising capital and providing liquidity previously used by many large and small banking organizations. If, as a result of general economic conditions or other events, these sources of external funding become restricted or are eliminated (as has occurred in the case of trust preferred securities) the Company may not be able to raise adequate funds or may incur substantially higher funding costs or operating restrictions in order to raise the necessary funds to support the Company's operations and growth. Any such increase in funding costs or restrictions could have a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income and, consequently, on its results of operations and financial condition.
See the discussions contained in the section entitled “Other Sources of Funds” contained in Item 1, “Business,” and in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Liquidity,” which is included in the section entitled “Financial Condition, ”for further information regarding the Company’s sources of contingent Liquidity.
Increased Reliance on Borrowings and Brokered Deposits as Sources of Funds Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Profitability
The Company has traditionally funded asset growth principally through deposits and borrowings. As a general matter, deposits are typically a lower cost source of funds than external wholesale funding (brokered deposits and borrowed funds), because interest rates paid for deposits are typically less than interest rates charged for wholesale funding (notwithstanding the recent declines in overnight borrowing rates). If, as a result of competitive pressures, market interest rates, general economic conditions or other events, the balance of the Company’s deposits decreases relative to the Company’s overall banking operations, the Company may have to rely more heavily on wholesale funding in the future. Any such increased reliance on wholesale funding could have a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income and, consequently, on its results of operations and financial condition.
See the discussions contained in the section entitled “Other Sources of Funds” contained in Item 1, “Business,” and in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Liquidity,” which is included in the section entitled “Financial Condition,”for further information regarding the Company’s sources of contingent liquidity.
The Company’s Capital Levels Could Fall Below Regulatory Minimums
The Company and the Bank are both subject to the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC, respectively. Failure to meet applicable minimum capital ratio requirements may subject the Company and/or the Bank to various enforcement actions including restrictions on the ability to open new branches. If the Company’s capital levels decline and the Company is unable to raise additional capital to offset that decline, then its capital ratios may fall below regulatory capital adequacy levels. The Company’s capital level could decline due to it experiencing rapid asset growth, or due to other factors, such as, by way of example only, possible future net operating losses, impairment charges against tangible or intangible assets, or adjustments to retained earnings due to changes in accounting rules.
The Company's failure to remain “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes could affect customer confidence, the Company's ability to grow, the Company's costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, the Company's ability to pay dividends on common shares, the Company's ability to make acquisitions, and the Company's business, results of operation and financial conditions, generally. Under FDIC rules, if the Bank ceases to be a “well capitalized” institution for bank regulatory purposes, its ability to accept brokered deposits may be restricted, and the interest rates that it pays may be restricted. At December 31, 2011, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized.”
See the sections entitled “Supervision and Regulation” and “Capital Resources” contained in Item 1, “Business”, for additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements for the Company and the Bank.
22
The Trust Wealth Management Fees the Company Receives May Decrease as a Result of Poor Investment Performance, in Either Relative or Absolute Terms, Which Could Decrease Our Revenues and Net Earnings.
Enterprise Investment Advisors and Enterprise Financial Services derives its revenues primarily from investment management fees based on assets under management. Our ability to maintain or increase assets under management is subject to a number of factors, including investors' perception of our past performance, in either relative or absolute terms, market and various economic conditions, and competition from investment management companies. Financial markets are affected by many factors, all of which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions; securities market conditions; the level and volatility of interest rates and equity prices; competitive conditions; liquidity of global markets; international and regional political conditions; regulatory and legislative developments; monetary and fiscal policy; investor sentiment; availability and cost of capital; technological changes and events; outcome of legal proceedings; changes in currency values; inflation; credit ratings; and the size, volume and timing of transactions. A decline in the fair value of the assets under management caused by a decline in general economic conditions would decrease our wealth management fee income.
Investment performance is one of the most important factors in retaining existing clients and competing for new wealth management clients. Poor investment performance could reduce our revenues and impair our growth in the following ways:
• | existing clients may withdraw funds from our wealth management business in favor of better performing products; |
•asset-based management fees could decline from a decrease in assets under management;
•our ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish; and
•our wealth managers and investment advisors may depart, to join a competitor or otherwise.
Even when market conditions are generally favorable, our investment performance may be adversely affected by the investment style of our wealth management and investment advisors and the particular investments that they make. To the extent our future investment performance is perceived to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, the revenues and profitability of our trust and wealth management business will likely be reduced and our ability to attract new clients will likely be impaired. As such, fluctuations in the equity and debt markets can have a direct impact upon our net earnings.
Certain of Our Investment Advisory and Wealth Management Contracts are Subject to Termination on Short Notice
Certain of our investment advisory and wealth management clients can terminate their relationships with us, reduce their aggregate assets under management, or shift their funds to other types of accounts with different rate structures for any number of reasons, including investment performance, changes in prevailing interest rates, inflation, changes in investment preferences of clients, changes in our reputation in the marketplace, change in management or control of clients, loss of key investment management personnel and financial market performance.
The Use of Independent Investment Research Firms Expose the Company to Additional Risk
The Company relies on outside investment research and due diligence information, which is provided by several professional independent investment research firms, in selecting both independent management firms and individual securities for the Company’s investment advisory clients. These firms are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including significant exposures to changes in financial market conditions, including the impact of changes in interest rates, adverse changes in regional or national economic conditions, and general turbulence in domestic and foreign financial markets, among other things, which could adversely impact the fair market value of customer portfolios. Additionally, these firms are subject to risk associated with poor investment decisions, turnover in key personnel, internal and external securities fraud, information security or data breach, and financial losses, among others. Any risk that affects these independent firms could in turn expose the Company itself to various risks. The risks to the Company include but are not limited to, the loss of customer business, damage to the Company’s reputation, exposure of the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, and a reduction in fee income, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
The Company is Subject to Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision
The Company is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not the interests of shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Federal and state statutes and related regulations, including tax policy and corporate
23
governance rules, can significantly affect the way in which bank holding companies, and public companies in general, conduct business.
Changes to federal or state statutes, regulations or regulatory and tax policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of new and existing statutes, regulations or policies, or new laws, regulation or accounting rules aimed at addressing the perceived causes of the recent financial crisis, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, including subjecting the Company to additional operating, governance and compliance costs, increasing the Company’s deposit insurance premiums, limiting the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increasing competition from other non-bank providers of financial services.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the “Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof,” with respect to all financial institutions that offer financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB is also authorized to prescribe rules applicable to any covered person or service provider, identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service (“UDAAP authority”). The potential reach of the CFPB's broad new rulemaking powers and UDAAP authority on the operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services including the Bank is currently unknown.
The Bank is subject to federal and state and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties. Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to the Bank's performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact the Bank's rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact the Bank's reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
See the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation” contained in Item 1, “Business”, for additional information regarding the supervisory and regulatory issues facing the Company.
The Company Operates in a Competitive Industry and Market Area
The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, several of which are larger and have more financial resources than the Company. Competitors within the Company’s market area include not only national, regional, other community banks and internet based banks, but also various types of other non-bank financial institutions, including credit unions, consumer finance companies, mortgage brokers and lenders, as well as private lenders, insurance companies, securities brokerage firms, institutional mutual funds, registered investment advisors, and other financial intermediaries and non-bank electronic delivery channels. Additionally, some of these competitors are not subject to the same degree of regulation as the Company and thus may have a competitive advantage over the Company. If, due to the inability to compete successfully with other financial institutions serving the Company's target banking markets, the Company encounters difficulties attracting and retaining customers, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company's growth and profitability.
See the section entitled “Competition” contained in Item 1, “Business, ”for additional information regarding the competitive issues facing the Company.
Controls and Procedures Could Fail or Be Circumvented by Theft, Fraud or Robbery
Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, corporate governance policies and procedures and security controls, including information and physical security, to prevent and detect theft, fraud or robbery from both internal and external sources. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures, or a physical theft or robbery, could result in loss of assets, regulatory actions against the Company, financial loss, damage the Company’s reputation, cause a loss of customer business, and expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
24
the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
See the discussion under the heading “Opportunities and Risks” included in the section entitled “Overview,” which is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for further information regarding the Company’s operational risk management.
Failure to Keep Pace With Technological Change Could Affect the Company’s Profitability
The banking industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Several of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological changes affecting the banking industry could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Information Systems Could Experience an Interruption or Breach in Security
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s communication or information systems could disrupt the Company’s ability to conduct business and process transactions for an indeterminable length of time.
The Company also relies on independent firms to provide key services necessary to conducting its business. These services include, but are not limited to: electronic funds delivery networks; check clearing houses; electronic banking services; investment advisory, management and custodial services; correspondent banking services; information security assessments; and loan underwriting and review services. As such, these independent firms may have access to customers' personal information. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the independent firms’ systems or in their delivery of services, could also impact the Company's ability to conduct business and process transactions.
Additionally, any failure or breach of customers’ home, business or mobile information system could also possibly impact the integrity of the Company’s information systems.
Any breakdown in the integrity of these information systems, or the Company's inability to identify, respond and correct such breakdown, could result in a loss of customer business, expose customers’ personal information to unauthorized parties, damage the Company’s reputation, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, and expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
See the discussion under the heading “Opportunities and Risks” included in the section entitled “Overview, ”which is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for further information regarding the Company’s information security and technology practices and the Company’s Business Continuity Plan.
The Company May Experience a Prolonged Interruption in its Ability to Conduct Business
The Company relies heavily on its personnel, facilities, information systems and third party service providers to conduct its business. A material loss of people, core operating facilities, access to information systems,or key service providers could result in an interruption in customer services and ability to conduct transactions, loss of customer business and damage the reputation of the Company, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
See the discussion under the heading “Opportunities and Risks” included in the section entitled “Overview,” which is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for further information regarding the Company’s Business Continuity Plan.
The Company May Not be Able to Attract and Retain Key Personnel
The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key personnel. Competition for the best people
25
in most activities engaged in by the Company can be intense and the Company may not be able to hire or retain the key personnel that it depends upon for success. The unexpected loss of key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
Slower than Expected Growth in New Branches and Products Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Profitability
The Company has placed a strategic emphasis on expanding the Bank’s branch network and market share. Executing this strategy carries risks of slower than anticipated growth in new branches or new geographic market areas. New branches and new products and services require a significant investment of both financial and personnel resources. Lower than expected loan and deposit growth in new branches and/or lower than expected fee or other income generated from new branches could decrease anticipated revenues and net income generated by such investments. In addition, new branches require the approval of various regulatory agencies, which may or may not approve the Company’s application for a branch. Opening new branches in existing markets or new market areas could also divert resources from current core operations and thereby further adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability.
Growth Strategies Involving Acquisitions Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Profitability
The Company may in the future explore growth opportunities through acquisition of other banks, financial services companies or lines of business. These activities would involve a number of risks, including, but not limited to: the potential inaccuracy of the estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to a targeted institution; the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring or retaining experienced local management, and opening new offices and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion; the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse effects on the Company's results of operations; and the risk of loss of key employees and customers.
Any future acquisition could adversely affect the Company’s profitability based on management’s ability to successfully complete the acquisition and integration of the acquired business.
Damage to the Company’s Reputation Could Affect the Company’s Profitability and Shareholders’ Value
The Company is dependent on its reputation within its market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of its business with customers, employees, vendors, third-party service providers, and others, with whom the Company conducts business or potential future business. Any negative publicity, whether real or perceived, disseminated by word of mouth, by the general media, by electronic or social networking means, or by other methods, regarding, among other things, the Company’s current or potential business practices or activities, an inability to meet obligations, employees, management or directors’ ethical standards or actions, or about the banking industry in general, could harm the Company’s reputation. Any damage to the Company’s reputation could affect its ability to retain and develop the business relationships necessary to conduct business which in turn could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and the market price of the Company’s common stock.
The Trading Volume in the Company’s Common Stock is Less Than That of Larger Companies
Although the Company’s common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, the trading volume in the Company’s common stock is substantially less than that of larger companies. Given the lower trading volume of the Company’s common stock, significant purchases or sales of the Company’s common stock, or the expectation of such purchases or sales, could cause significant swings up or down in the Company’s stock price.
The Market Price of the Company’s Common Stock Could be Affected by General Industry Issues
The banking industry may be more affected than other industries by certain economic, credit, regulatory or information security issues. Although the Company itself may or may not be directly impacted by such issues, the Company’s stock price may swing up or down due to the influence, both real and perceived, of these issues, among others, on the banking industry in general.
Shareholder Dilution Could Occur if Additional Stock is Issued in the Future
26
If the Company’s Board of Directors should determine in the future that there is a need to obtain additional capital through the issuance of additional shares of the Company’s common stock or securities convertible into shares of common stock, such issuances could result in dilution to existing shareholders’ ownership interest. Similarly, if the Board of Directors decides to grant additional restricted stock shares or options for the purchase of shares of common stock, the issuance of such additional restricted stock shares and/or the issuance of additional shares upon the exercise of such options may expose shareholders to dilution.
The Company’s Articles Of Organization, By-Laws and Shareholders Rights Plan as Well as Certain Banking and Corporate Laws Could Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
Provisions of the Company’s articles of organization and by-laws, its shareholders rights plan and certain federal and state banking laws and state corporate laws, including regulatory approval requirements for any acquisition of control of the Company, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s shareholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving an acquisition of the Company, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.
Directors and Executive Officers Own a Significant Portion of Common Stock
The Company’s directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own approximately 29% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2011. As a result of this combined ownership interest, the directors and executive officers have the ability, if they vote their shares in a like manner, to significantly influence the outcome of all matters submitted to shareholders for approval, including the election of directors.
The Company Relies on Dividends from the Bank for Substantially All of its Revenue
The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends paid by the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds used to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock and interest and principal on the Company’s subordinated debt. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, then the Company will be unable to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on the Company’s common stock. The Bank’s inability to pay dividends could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of the Company’s common stock.
See the discussion under the heading “Dividends” which is contained in Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” below.
Additional Factors Described Elsewhere in This Report
In addition to the factors listed above in this section, additional important factors that could adversely affect the results of the Company’s future operations are described below under the heading “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments |
None.
27
Item 2. | Properties |
The Company conducts its business from its main office and operational support and lending offices in Lowell, Massachusetts. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had eighteen full service branch banking offices serving the Merrimack Valley and North Central regions of Massachusetts and Southern New Hampshire. The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases, most of which provide for periodic adjustments. Several leases provide the Company the right of first refusal should the property be offered for sale. The Company believes that all its facilities are well maintained and suitable for the purpose for which they are used.
The following table sets forth general information related to facilities owned or used by the Company as of December 31, 2011. All locations are in Massachusetts unless otherwise noted.
BRANCH LOCATION | OWNED OR LEASED | ||
Acton | |||
340 Great Road | Leased | ||
Andover | |||
8 High Street | Leased | ||
Billerica | |||
674 Boston Road | Owned | ||
Chelmsford | |||
20 Drum Hill Road | Owned | ||
185 Littleton Road | Owned | ||
Derry, NH | |||
47 Crystal Avenue | Leased | ||
Dracut | |||
1168 Lakeview Avenue | Leased | ||
Fitchburg | |||
420 John Fitch Highway | Leased | ||
Hudson, NH | |||
45 Lowell Road | Owned | ||
Leominster | |||
4 Central Street (1) | Leased | ||
Lowell | |||
430 Gorham Street | Leased | ||
222 Merrimack Street (Main Office) | Leased | ||
Methuen | |||
255 Broadway Street | Owned | ||
North Billerica | |||
223 Boston Road | Owned | ||
Pelham, NH (opened for business February 2012) | |||
139 Bridge Street | Leased | ||
Salem, NH | |||
130 Main Street | Leased | ||
Tewksbury | |||
910 Andover Street | Leased | ||
1120 Main Street | Leased | ||
Westford | |||
237 Littleton Road | Owned | ||
28
OPERATION/LENDING OFFICES | |||
Lowell | |||
170 Merrimack/19 Palmer Street | Owned | ||
222 Merrimack Street | Leased | ||
_____________________
(1) | The Company has the option to purchase this facility at any time during any extended term at the price of $550 thousand as adjusted for increases in the producer’s price index. The Company’s last five-year extended-term option ends in September 2020. |
See note 6, “Premises and Equipment” and note 16, “Related Party Transactions” to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 below, for further information regarding the Company’s lease obligations listed above.
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings |
There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party or to which any of its property is subject, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company. After review with legal counsel, management does not believe resolution of any present litigation will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
Item 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures |
Not Applicable
PART II
Item 5. | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
Market for Common Stock
The Company’s shares trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “EBTC”.
The following table sets forth sales volume and price information, to the best of management’s knowledge, for the common stock of the Company for the periods indicated.
Fiscal Year | Trading Volume | Share Price High | Share Price Low | |||||||
2011 | ||||||||||
4th Quarter | 615,223 | $ | 14.95 | $ | 11.60 | |||||
3rd Quarter | 748,588 | 17.75 | 11.81 | |||||||
2nd Quarter | 1,466,677 | 19.83 | 14.26 | |||||||
1st Quarter | 192,516 | 15.45 | 13.31 | |||||||
2010 | ||||||||||
4th Quarter | 309,114 | $ | 13.75 | $ | 10.75 | |||||
3rd Quarter | 254,340 | 11.50 | 10.12 | |||||||
2nd Quarter | 1,156,222 | 13.05 | 10.03 | |||||||
1st Quarter | 390,480 | 13.80 | 10.00 | |||||||
As of March 5, 2012, there were 951 registered shareholders of the Company’s common stock and 9,509,767 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding.
29
Dividends
In 2011, quarterly dividends of $0.105 per share were paid to the Company's stockholders in March, June, September and December. Total 2011 dividends of $0.42 per share represented an increase of 5.0% compared to total dividends of $0.40 also paid to the Company's stockholders on a quarterly basis in 2010.
The Company maintains a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRP”). The DRP enables stockholders, at their discretion, to elect to reinvest dividends paid on their shares of the Company’s common stock by purchasing additional shares of common stock from the Company at a purchase price equal to fair market value. Stockholders utilized the DRP to reinvest $1.3 million, of the $3.9 million total dividends paid by the Company in 2011, into 84,760 shares of the Company’s common stock.
On January 17, 2012, the Company announced a quarterly dividend of $0.11 per share, paid on March 1, 2012 to stockholders of record as of February 9, 2012. On an annualized basis, this quarterly dividend represents a 4.8% increase over the 2011 dividend rate.
As the principal asset of the Company, the Bank currently provides the only source of cash for the payment of dividends by the Company. Under Massachusetts law, trust companies such as the Bank may pay dividends only out of “net profits” and only to the extent that such payments will not impair the Bank’s capital stock. Any dividend payment that would exceed the total of the Bank’s net profits for the current year plus its retained net profits of the preceding two years would require the Commissioner’s approval. Applicable provisions of the FDIA also prohibits a bank from paying any dividends on its capital stock if the bank is in default on the payment of any assessment to the FDIC or if the payment of dividends would otherwise cause the bank to become undercapitalized. These restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company may restrict the ability of the Company to pay dividends to the holders of its common stock.
The statutory term “net profits” essentially equates with the accounting term “net income” and is defined under the Massachusetts banking statutes to mean the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting from such total all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on any preferred stock and all federal and state taxes.
30
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011 with respect to the Company’s Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”), 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and 2009 Stock Incentive Plan which together constitute all of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans that have been previously approved by the Company’s stockholders. The 1998 Plan is closed to future grants, although several awards previously granted under this plan remain outstanding and may be exercised in the future. The Company does not have any existing equity compensation plans, including any existing individual equity compensation arrangements, which have not been previously approved by the Company’s stockholders.
Plan Category | Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights | Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights | Number of Securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in second column from left) | |||||||
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 628,318 | $ | 13.95 | 206,610 | ||||||
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | — | — | — | |||||||
TOTAL | 628,318 | $ | 13.95 | 206,610 | ||||||
31
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total return (which assumes the reinvestment of all dividends) on the Company’s common stock with the cumulative total return reflected by a broad based equity market index and an appropriate published industry index. This graph shows the changes over the five-year period ended on December 31, 2011 in the value of $100 invested in (i) the Company’s common stock, (ii) the Standard & Poors 500 Index, and (iii) the SNL Bank $1B to $5B index.
Period Ending | ||||||||||||||||||
Index | 12/31/06 | 12/31/07 | 12/31/08 | 12/31/09 | 12/31/10 | 12/31/11 | ||||||||||||
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. | 100.00 | 80.28 | 73.89 | 74.04 | 95.27 | 102.94 | ||||||||||||
S&P 500 Index | 100.00 | 105.49 | 66.46 | 84.05 | 96.71 | 98.76 | ||||||||||||
SNL Bank $1B - $5B Index | 100.00 | 72.84 | 60.42 | 43.31 | 49.09 | 44.77 | ||||||||||||
Sales of Unregistered Securities and Repurchases of Shares
The Company has not sold any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, during the year ended December 31, 2011. Neither the Company nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in the SEC’s Rule 10b-18(a)(3)) has repurchased any of the Company’s outstanding shares, nor caused any such shares to be repurchased on its behalf, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.
32
Item 6. | Selected Financial Data |
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||
EARNINGS DATA | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 58,326 | $ | 54,971 | $ | 48,446 | $ | 42,195 | $ | 40,679 | ||||||||||
Provision for loan losses | 5,197 | 5,137 | 4,846 | 2,505 | 1,000 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | 53,129 | 49,834 | 43,600 | 39,690 | 39,679 | |||||||||||||||
Non-interest income | 11,276 | 10,694 | 9,582 | 9,488 | 8,453 | |||||||||||||||
Other than temporary impairment on investment securities | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | (797 | ) | (3,702 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | 791 | 875 | 1,487 | 305 | 1,655 | |||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense | 49,088 | 45,681 | 42,708 | 37,884 | 34,844 | |||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 16,105 | 15,714 | 11,164 | 7,897 | 14,943 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 5,161 | 5,074 | 3,218 | 2,349 | 5,045 | |||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 10,944 | $ | 10,640 | $ | 7,946 | $ | 5,548 | $ | 9,898 | ||||||||||
COMMON SHARE DATA | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 1.16 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 0.96 | $ | 0.70 | $ | 1.27 | ||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | 1.16 | 1.15 | 0.96 | 0.69 | 1.25 | |||||||||||||||
Book value per share at year end | 13.45 | 12.56 | 11.84 | 11.35 | 11.00 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends paid per share | $ | 0.42 | $ | 0.40 | $ | 0.38 | $ | 0.36 | $ | 0.32 | ||||||||||
Basic weighted average shares outstanding | 9,401,714 | 9,216,524 | 8,268,502 | 7,973,527 | 7,819,160 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding | 9,445,725 | 9,221,257 | 8,279,126 | 8,005,535 | 7,913,006 | |||||||||||||||
YEAR END BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 1,489,163 | $ | 1,397,321 | $ | 1,304,001 | $ | 1,180,477 | $ | 1,057,666 | ||||||||||
Loans serviced for others | 67,367 | 63,807 | 53,659 | 28,341 | 20,826 | |||||||||||||||
Investment assets under management | 505,163 | 493,078 | 433,043 | 439,711 | 573,608 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets under management | $ | 2,061,693 | $ | 1,954,206 | $ | 1,790,703 | $ | 1,648,529 | $ | 1,652,100 | ||||||||||
Total loans | $ | 1,250,489 | $ | 1,143,346 | $ | 1,082,830 | $ | 948,641 | $ | 833,819 | ||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | 23,160 | 19,415 | 18,218 | 15,269 | 13,545 | |||||||||||||||
Investment securities | 140,405 | 142,060 | 134,369 | 154,633 | 141,622 | |||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits and fed funds | 8,900 | 28,711 | 6,835 | 3,946 | 7,791 | |||||||||||||||
Deposits | 1,333,158 | 1,244,071 | 1,144,948 | 947,903 | 868,786 | |||||||||||||||
Borrowed funds | 4,494 | 15,541 | 24,876 | 121,250 | 81,429 | |||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | 10,825 | 10,825 | 10,825 | 10,825 | |||||||||||||||
Total stockholders’ equity | 127,448 | 116,673 | 107,664 | 91,104 | 87,012 | |||||||||||||||
RATIOS | ||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average total assets | 0.75 | % | 0.78 | % | 0.64 | % | 0.51 | % | 0.99 | % | ||||||||||
Return on average stockholders’ equity | 8.98 | % | 9.42 | % | 8.30 | % | 6.26 | % | 12.11 | % | ||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses to total loans | 1.85 | % | 1.70 | % | 1.68 | % | 1.61 | % | 1.62 | % | ||||||||||
Stockholders’ equity to total assets | 8.56 | % | 8.35 | % | 8.26 | % | 7.72 | % | 8.23 | % | ||||||||||
Dividend payout ratio | 36.21 | % | 34.78 | % | 39.58 | % | 51.43 | % | 25.20 | % | ||||||||||
33
Item 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, contained in Item 8, the information contained in the description of the Company’s business in Item 1 and other financial and statistical information contained in this annual report.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This report contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements concerning plans, objectives, future events or performance and assumptions and other statements that are other than statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements may be identified by reference to a future period or periods or by use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipates”, “believes”, “expects”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “pursue”, “views” and similar terms or expressions. Various statements contained in Item 2 - “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 3 - “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” including, but not limited to, statements related to management's views on the banking environment and the economy, competition and market expansion opportunities, the interest rate environment, credit risk and the level of future non-performing assets and charge-offs, potential asset and deposit growth, future non-interest expenditures and non-interest income growth, and borrowing capacity are forward-looking statements. The Company wishes to caution readers that such forward-looking statements reflect numerous assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect the Company's future results. The following important factors, among others, could cause the Company's results for subsequent periods to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement made herein: (i) changes in interest rates could negatively impact net interest income; (ii) changes in the business cycle and downturns in the local, regional or national economies, including deterioration in the local real estate market, could negatively impact credit and/or asset quality and result in credit losses and increases in the Company's allowance for loan losses; (iii) changes in consumer spending could negatively impact the Company's credit quality and financial results; (iv) increasing competition from larger regional and out-of-state banking organizations as well as non-bank providers of various financial services could adversely affect the Company's competitive position within its market area and reduce demand for the Company's products and services; (v) deterioration of securities markets could adversely affect the value or credit quality of the Company's assets and the availability of funding sources necessary to meet the Company's liquidity needs; (vi) changes in technology could adversely impact the Company's operations and increase technology-related expenditures; (vii) increases in employee compensation and benefit expenses could adversely affect the Company's financial results; (viii) changes in laws and regulations that apply to the Company's business and operations, including without limitation the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act and the additional regulations that will be forthcoming as a result thereof, could adversely affect the Company's business environment, operations and financial results; (ix) changes in accounting standards, policies and practices, as may be adopted or established by the regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board could negatively impact the Company's financial results; (x) our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; (xi) future regulatory compliance costs, including any increase caused by new regulations imposed by the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau; and (xii) some or all of the risks and uncertainties described above in Item 1A could be realized, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operation. Therefore, the Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking information and statements.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8. In applying these accounting policies, management is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, assumptions and estimates to be utilized. Certain of the critical accounting estimates are more dependent on such judgment and in some cases may contribute to volatility in the Company’s reported financial performance should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. The three most significant areas in which management applies critical assumptions and estimates include the areas described further below.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio as of the specified balance sheet dates.
34
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, a direct charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance at a level that it deems adequate to absorb all reasonably anticipated losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio. Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of management judgment.
The Company uses a systematic methodology to measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the portfolio for purposes of establishing a sufficient allowance for loan losses. The methodology makes use of specific reserves for loans individually evaluated and deemed impaired and general reserves for larger groups of homogeneous loans which rely on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors that could have an impact on the credit quality of the portfolio.
Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet dates reflected in this annual report. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on judgments different from those of management.
Management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is contained under the headings “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses,” which are contained in the “Financial Condition” section of this Item 7.
Impairment Review of Investment Securities
There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s investment activities which could adversely impact the fair market value and the ultimate collectability of the Company’s investments. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment involves a high degree of judgment and requires management to make significant estimates of current market risks and future trends. Management’s assessment includes: evaluating the level and duration of the loss on individual securities; evaluating the credit quality of fixed income issuers; determining if any individual security or mutual or other fund exhibits fundamental deterioration; and estimating whether it is unlikely that the individual security or fund will completely recover its unrealized loss within a reasonable period of time, or in the case of fixed income securities prior to maturity. While management uses available information to measure other-than-temporary impairment at the balance sheet date, future write-downs may be necessary based on extended duration of current unrealized losses, changing market conditions, or circumstances surrounding individual issuers and funds.
Should an investment be deemed “other than temporarily impaired,” the Company is required to write-down the carrying value of the investment. Such write-down(s) may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Other than temporary impairment on equity securities are recognized through a charge to earnings. Other than temporary impairment on fixed income securities are assessed in order to determine the impairment attributed to underlying credit quality of the issuer and the portion of noncredit impairment. When there are credit losses on a fixed income security that management does not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell prior to a marketplace recovery or maturity, the portion of the total impairment that is attributable to the credit loss would be recognized in earnings, and the remaining difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value would be included in other comprehensive income. Once written-down, a security may not be written-up in excess of its new cost basis to reflect future increases in fair value.
Based on this impairment review, management determined that there were no securities carried in the Company’s investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011 that were deemed other than temporarily impaired.
Management’s assessment of impairment of the unrealized losses in the investment portfolio is contained in Note 2, "Investments,” to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 below.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company does not amortize goodwill and instead, at least annually, evaluates whether the carrying value of goodwill has become impaired. Impairment of the goodwill may occur when the estimated fair value of the Company is less than its recorded book value. A determination that goodwill has become impaired results in an immediate write-down of goodwill to its determined value with a resulting charge to operations.
35
The annual impairment test begins with a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount. The assessment is performed at the operating unit level. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform a two-step impairment test. In the case of the Company, the services offered through the Bank and subsidiaries are managed as one strategic unit and represent the Company’s only reportable operating segment.
Management's qualitative assessment takes into consideration macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost or margin factors, financial performance and share price. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that it is not more likely than not that the Company's fair value is less than its carrying amount and therefore goodwill was not considered to be impaired at December 31, 2011.
If the Company's qualitative assessment concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it must perform the two-step impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, or the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit equals or exceeds its book value, goodwill is considered not impaired, and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary.
The second step, if necessary, measures the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. The reporting unit must determine fair values for all assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. The net of the assigned fair value of assets and liabilities is then compared to the book value of the reporting unit, and any excess book value becomes the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the newly calculated implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount required to write down the goodwill to the implied fair value.
Overview
Enterprise reported strong annual 2011 earnings results and numerous accomplishments for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net income amounted to $10.9 million, or $1.16 on a diluted earnings per share basis, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $10.6 million, or $1.15, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The 3% increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2011, when compared to the prior year, was primarily attributed to growth in loans, resulting in an increase in net interest income. The Company's growth also contributed to increases in non-interest income and the level of operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2011.
In 2011, we increased our loans outstanding by $107.1 million, or 9%, versus December 31, 2010. Our 2011 loan growth represents a 77% increase from the $60.5 million in loan growth in 2010. Deposits, excluding brokered deposits, have increased $89.2 million, or 7%, since December 31, 2010. Total assets under management exceeded $2 billion in 2011. We believe this robust organic growth reflects our success in serving our market area, our commitment to our communities, and is the key driver of our strong earnings results.
Our focus remains on continued organic growth and expansion, while continuing to provide for our future by investing in our branch network, technology, progressive and technological product capabilities, and most importantly, in our people. In February 2012, Enterprise increased its geographic footprint by opening its 19th branch in Pelham, NH, our fourth location in Southern New Hampshire.
Composition of Earnings
The Company’s earnings are largely dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the cost of funding (primarily deposits and borrowings). Tax equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets is referred to as net interest margin (“margin”). The re-pricing frequency of the Company’s assets and liabilities are not identical, and therefore subject the Company to the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. This is often referred to as “interest rate risk” and is reviewed in more detail in Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Form 10-K.
Net interest income increased $3.4 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and amounted to $58.3 million. Net interest income for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $15.3 million, an increase of $1.3 million, or 9%,
36
compared to the December 2010 quarter. The increases in net interest income over the comparable 2010 periods were due primarily to loan growth. Average loan balances for the year ended and three months ended December 31, 2011 increased $79.8 million and $109.9 million, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2010. Net interest margin was 4.37% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 4.41% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Tax equivalent net interest margin was 4.39% for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 compared to 4.33% for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, and 4.31% for the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the provision for loan losses amounted to $5.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively. The provision for loan losses takes into consideration the level of loan growth, adversely classified and non-performing loans, specific reserves for impaired loans, net charge-offs, and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on credit quality. The level of loan growth during 2011 was $107.1 million compared to $60.5 million during the same period in 2010. The balance of the allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired loans amounted to $4.4 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $2.7 million at December 31, 2010. Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.83% at December 31, 2011, compared to 1.51% at December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $1.5 million, compared to net charge-offs of $3.9 million for the prior year. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to 0.12% compared to 0.36% for 2010. Management continues to closely monitor the non-performing assets, charge-offs and necessary allowance levels, including specific reserves, and believes that current loan quality statistics are a function of the ongoing effects of the recent economic environment. The allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 1.85% at December 31, 2011, compared to 1.70% at December 31, 2010.
For further information regarding loan quality statistics and the allowance for loan losses, see the sections below under the heading "Financial Condition" titled "Credit Risk/Asset Quality" and "Allowance for Loan Losses."
Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $12.1 million, an increase of $503 thousand, or 4%, compared to 2010. This increase primarily resulted from increases in investment advisory fees and deposit fee income, partially offset by a decrease in net gains on securities sales.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, non-interest expense amounted to $49.1 million, an increase of $3.4 million, or 7%, compared to the prior year. This increase resulted primarily from the Company's strategic growth initiatives, partially offset by reductions in the current period in FDIC insurance expense and fair value adjustment of other real estate owned ("OREO"). Increases in Other Operating Expenses of $738 thousand for year-end period included increases in foreclosed real estate costs, workout and delinquent loan expenses, and security expenses.
Sources and Uses of Funds
The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, brokered deposits, FHLB borrowings, current earnings and proceeds from the sales, maturities and paydowns on loans and investment securities. These funds are used to originate loans, purchase investment securities, conduct operations, expand the branch network, and pay dividends to shareholders.
Total assets amounted to $1.49 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of 7% since December 31, 2010. The core asset strategy is to grow loans, primarily high quality commercial loans. Total loans increased 9% since December 31, 2010 and amounted to $1.25 billion, or 84% of total assets. Commercial loans amounted to $1.08 billion, or 86% of gross loans at December 31, 2011.
The investment portfolio is the other key component of earning assets and is primarily used to invest excess funds, provide liquidity and to manage the Company’s asset-liability position. The carrying value of total investments amounted to $140.4 million at December 31, 2011, or 9% of total assets. The carrying value of the portfolio is relatively flat since December 31, 2010.
Management’s preferred strategy for funding asset growth is to grow low cost deposits (comprised of demand deposit accounts, interest and business checking accounts and traditional savings accounts). Asset growth in excess of low cost deposits is typically funded through higher cost deposits (comprised of money market accounts, commercial tiered rate or “investment savings” accounts and certificates of deposit), wholesale funding (brokered deposits and borrowed funds), and investment portfolio cash flow.
37
At December 31, 2011, total deposits, excluding brokered deposits, amounted to $1.33 billion, representing, an increase of $89.2 million, or 7%, over December 31, 2010 balances. At December 31, 2011, non-interest bearing checking account balances increased $78.8 million, or 34%, compared to balances at December 31, 2010, while money market account balances increased $17.5 million, or 4% over this same period. The deposit growth is primarily attributed to our focused sales and marketing efforts to attract relationship customers seeking an alternative to the larger regional and national banks, mutual funds and other investment alternatives, as well as the general inflow of funds into the deposit marketplace. The Company had no brokered deposits as December 31, 2011 and amounts were minimal at December 31, 2010.
Wholesale funding amounted to $4.5 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $15.6 million at December 31, 2010. Wholesale funding was primarily comprised of borrowed funds in both periods. The declines in wholesale funding were achieved due to the strong deposit growth during the period.
Opportunities and Risks
While the current economic environment continues to present significant challenges for all companies, management also believes that it has created opportunities for growth and customer acquisition. Notwithstanding the competition discussed above under the heading "Competition," in Item 1, "Business", management believes that customers continue to migrate from larger, national and regional banks to local, stable community banks, choosing to do business with local professional bankers who can offer them the flexibility, responsiveness and personalized service that a community bank such as Enterprise provides. Management views the Company’s product offerings, its customer service culture, and its investments in the communities we serve, as key elements in positioning Enterprise to take advantage of these market opportunities created by the current challenging banking landscape and recent industry consolidation within the local market.
The Company’s ability to achieve its long-term growth and market share objectives will depend upon the Company’s continued success in differentiating itself in the market place. Management believes that the Company has built a reputation within its market area based on consistently superior customer service and supporting the local communities, differentiating itself through its people, who act as trusted advisors to clients, and uphold the Company’s core values, including significant community involvement, which has led to a strong network with local business and community leaders. Management believes the Enterprise business model of providing a full range of diversified financial products, services and the latest technology, delivered by experienced local banking professionals, who possess strong technical skills, an in-depth knowledge of our markets and a trusted reputation within the community, creates opportunities for the Company to be the leading provider of banking and investment management services in its growing market area.
The Company seeks to increase deposit share, in both existing and new markets, through continuous reviews of deposit product offerings and delivery options targeted to customer needs, with targeted marketing strategies, together with carefully planned expansion into neighboring markets and new branch development. In the past two years, the Company has enhanced its branch network with the opening of the Hudson, New Hampshire office, the relocation of the Derry, New Hampshire branch to a larger facility, and has made strategic investments in renovations and improvements to existing branch locations. In addition, in February 2012, we opened our newest branch in Pelham, New Hampshire, our fourth location in Southern New Hampshire.
During this time, the Company has also made significant investments in its operations centers and business continuity planning. The Company continues to renovate and gain more space for back office operations at its headquarters and operations center in Lowell, Massachusetts, and recently installed a backup power generator at this location, and has completed construction of an off-site secondary data center which will provide backup processing capabilities for all locations.
Management believes that Enterprise is also well equipped to capitalize on market potential to grow both the commercial and residential loan portfolios through strong business development efforts, while utilizing a disciplined and consistent lending approach and credit review practices, which have served to provide quality asset growth over varying economic cycles during the Company’s twenty-three year history. The Company has a skilled lending sales force with a broad breadth of business knowledge and depth of lending experience to draw upon, supported by a highly qualified and experienced commercial credit review function.
Management continues to undertake significant strategic initiatives, including investments in employee training and development, marketing and public relations, technology and electronic product delivery, branch expansion and ongoing updates and renovations of existing branches and operations facilities. The current industry consolidation also provides management the opportunity to recruit experienced banking professionals with market knowledge and who compliment the Enterprise sales and service culture. While management recognizes that such investments increase expenses in the short-term, it believes that such initiatives are an investment in the long-term growth and earnings of the Company and are reflective of the
38
opportunities in the current marketplace for community banks such as Enterprise.
See the section entitled “Competition” contained in Item 1, “Business”, for additional information regarding the competitive landscape facing the Company and the Bank.
A possible deterioration of the current economic environment could weaken the local New England economy, and have adverse repercussions on local industries leading to increased unemployment and foreclosures, further deterioration of local commercial real estate values, or other unforeseen consequences, which could have a severe negative impact on the Company’s financial condition, capital position, liquidity, and performance. In addition, the loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction loans. These types of loans are typically larger and are generally viewed as having more risk of default than owner occupied residential real estate loans or consumer loans. The underlying commercial real estate values, customer cash flow and payment expectations and, in the case of commercial construction loans, the actual costs necessary to complete a construction project, can be more easily influenced by adverse conditions in the local or national economy, the real estate market, or the related industries. Any significant deterioration in the commercial loan portfolio or underlying collateral values due to a continuation or worsening of the current economic environment could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The risk of loss due to customers’ non-payment of loans or lines of credit is called “credit risk.” Credit risk management is reviewed below in this Item 7 under the headings “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”
The value of the investment portfolio as a whole, or individual securities held, including bonds issued by government agencies or municipalities and restricted FHLB capital stock, could be negatively impacted by any continued volatility in the financial markets, tightening of credit markets, and any possible subsequent effects of the recently ended recession, which could possibly result in the recognition of additional OTTI charges in the future. The re-pricing frequency of interest earning assets and liabilities are not identical, and therefore subject the Company to the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. This is often referred to as “interest rate risk” and is reviewed in more detail under Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
Liquidity management is the coordination of activities so that cash needs are anticipated and met, readily and efficiently. Liquidity management is reviewed under this Item 7 under the heading “Liquidity.”
Federal banking agencies require the Company and the Bank to meet minimum capital requirements. At December 31, 2011, both the Company and the Bank were categorized as “well capitalized”; however future unanticipated charges against capital could impact those regulatory capital designations. Moreover, the revisions to international capital standards contained in the so-called Basel III accords could eventually result in enhanced capital requirements for all U.S. banking organizations, including community banks, such as Enterprise Bank.
For additional information regarding the capital levels and capital requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank and their respective capital levels at December 31, 2011, see the sections entitled “Capital Resources” and “Capital Requirements” contained in Item 1 “Business” and note 12 “Stockholders’ Equity”, to the consolidated financial statements, contained in Item 8.
In addition, any further changes in government regulation or oversight, including the implementation by the federal regulatory agencies of the various requirements contained in the Dodd-Frank Act could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, including, but not limited to, subjecting the Company to additional operating, governance and compliance costs or potential loss of revenue due to the impact of an enhanced regulatory structure on the banking industry. Although several significant aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act expressly apply only to larger, “systemically significant” institutions, they may have the potential to influence the Company's business decisions, while other parts of the legislation apply either directly, or potentially indirectly, to activities of community banks, such as Enterprise.
The full extent of the regulatory impact resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act will not be known for some time, as the various federal regulatory agencies are responsible for ultimately implementing over 240 new regulations over a period of years and the Government Accounting Office and other federal agencies are required to complete nearly 70 additional studies regarding various financial services industry issues that were raised during the legislative process.
Over the past several years, the Company's deposit insurance premium expense has fluctuated based on changes made by the federal government in an effort to restore the DIF. Additionally, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have the potential of impacting FDIC deposit insurance rates and methodology. The long-term effects that the new legislation and the FDIC’s future
39
efforts to restore the DIF will have on the Company's deposit insurance premium expense remain unclear at this time.
Operational risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external events. Operational risk management is also a key component of the Company’s risk management process, particularly as it relates to technology administration, information security, third-party vendor management and business continuity.
The Company's technology administration includes policies and guidelines for the design, procurement, installation, management and acceptable use of hardware, software and network devices. The Company has implemented layered security approaches for all delivery channels that allow employees, customers, or vendors access to the Company's information and technology systems. This strategy includes internal and third party risk assessments, due diligence on vendors, and project and change management practices. These standards are designed to provide risk based oversight, coordinate and communicate ideas, and to prioritize and manage technology projects in a manner consistent with corporate objectives.
Management utilizes a combination of third party information security assessments, key technologies and ongoing internal evaluations in order to protect non-public customer information and continually monitors and safeguards information on its operating systems and those of third party service providers. The Company contracts with outside parties to perform a broad scope of both internal and external information security assessments on the Company’s systems on a regular basis. These third parties conduct penetration testing and vulnerability scans to test the network configuration and security controls, and assess internal practices aimed at protecting the Company’s operating systems. In addition, an outside service provider monitors usage patterns and identifies unusual activity on bank issued debit/ATM cards. The Company also utilizes firewall technology and a combination of software and third-party monitoring to detect intrusion, protect against unauthorized access and continuously scan for computer viruses on the Company’s information systems.
The Company may enter into third-party relationships by outsourcing certain operational functions or by using third parties to provide certain products and services to the Bank’s customers. The Company is responsible for ensuring that activities conducted through third-party relationships are conducted in a safe and sound manner and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, just as if the activity was performed by the Company itself. The Company has a third-party vendor management program in order to identify and control the risks arising from conducting activities through third party relationships. These risks may include, among other things, operational risk and the failure to deliver a particular product or service, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, loss of non-public personal information, vendor business decisions that are inconsistent with the Company’s strategic goals, or damage to the Company’s reputation; among others. The Company’s risk-based, third-party vendor management program is designed to provide a mechanism to enable management to determine what risk, if any, a particular vendor exposes the Company to, and to mitigate that risk by properly performing initial and ongoing due diligence when selecting or maintaining relationships with significant third-party providers.
The Company’s Business Continuity Plan consists of the information and procedures required to enable rapid recovery from an occurrence that would disable the Company for an extended period. The plan addresses issues and concerns regarding the loss of personnel, loss of information and/or loss of access to information under various scenarios including the following: the inability of staff or customers to travel to or to access bank offices; the serious threat of widespread public health or safety concerns; and the physical destruction or damage of facilities, infrastructure or systems. The plan, which is reviewed annually, establishes responsibility for assessing a disruption of business, contains alternative strategies for the continuance of critical business functions during an emergency situation, assigns responsibility for restoring services, and sets priorities by which critical services will be restored. The recent construction of a secondary off-site data center eliminated the need to outsource this function and provides the Company more control and auxiliary network processing capabilities. Any contingency plan, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the plan will be met as the assumptions used change over time or due to changes in circumstances and events.
In addition to the risks discussed above, numerous other factors that could adversely affect the Company’s future results of operations and financial condition are addressed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” This Opportunities and Risk discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 1A.
40
Financial Condition
Total assets increased $91.8 million, or 7%, over the prior year, amounting to $1.49 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in loan growth. The balance sheet composition and changes since the prior year are discussed below.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents is comprised of cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits (deposit, money market, and money market mutual funds accounts) and fed funds. As of December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents amounted to 3% of total assets, compared to 4% of total assets, at December 31, 2010. Balances in cash and cash equivalents will fluctuate resulting primarily from the timing of deposit, borrowing and loan inflows and outflows, investment purchases and maturities, calls and sales proceeds, and the immediate liquidity needs of the Company.
Investments
As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the investment portfolio decreased $1.7 million, or 1% compared to December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, all investments were classified as available for sale and were carried at fair market value.
The investment portfolio represented 9% of total assets at December 31, 2011 and 10% of total assets at December 31, 2010. Fixed income investments comprised the majority of the fair value of the portfolio and represented 95% of total investments at December 31, 2011 and 97% at December 31, 2010.
The following table summarizes investments at the dates indicated:
December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Federal agency obligations(1) | $ | 40,397 | $ | 40,940 | $ | 25,631 | ||||||
Federal agency mortgage backed securities (MBS)(1) | 39,688 | 42,525 | 39,737 | |||||||||
Non-agency CMO | — | 2,439 | 3,445 | |||||||||
Municipal securities | 51,209 | 51,589 | 60,592 | |||||||||
Certificates of Deposits (2) | 2,147 | — | — | |||||||||
Fixed income securities | 133,441 | 137,493 | 129,405 | |||||||||
Equity investments | 6,964 | 4,567 | 4,964 | |||||||||
Total available for sale investments at fair value | $ | 140,405 | $ | 142,060 | $ | 134,369 | ||||||
________________________
(1) These categories may include investments issued or guaranteed by government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae (FNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC), Ginnie Mae (GNMA), Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB), or one of several Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). All agency MBS/CMO investments owned by the Company are backed by residential mortgages.
(2) CDs represent bank issued term deposits that trade in the open market.
Included in the federal agency MBS category were Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO’s”) totaling $21.8 million, $26.0 million and $24.9 million, at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
During 2011, the Company recognized net gains amounting to $791 thousand, on the sales of $10.6 million of investments, and impairment charges on a previously impaired equity investment of $3 thousand. Principal paydowns, calls and maturities on fixed income securities totaled $55.7 million during 2011. These portfolio cash inflows were utilized to purchase $63.1 million of investments during 2011.
As of December 31, 2011, the net unrealized gains in the investment portfolio were $5.0 million compared to the net unrealized gains of $3.1 million at December 31, 2010. The unrealized gains at December 31, 2011 consisted of net unrealized gains on fixed income investments of $4.4 million (comprised of unrealized gains of $4.4 million and unrealized losses of $10 thousand), net unrealized gains on equity securities of $559 thousand (comprised of unrealized gains of $804 thousand and unrealized losses of $245 thousand)
41
Unrealized gains or losses will only be recognized in the statements of income if the investments are sold. However, should an investment be deemed “other than temporarily impaired,” the Company is required to write-down the fair value of the investment. During 2011, the Company recorded fair market value impairment charges of $3 thousand on a previously impaired investment contained in its equity portfolio, to reflect the impact of declines in the equity markets during the period. During 2011, the Company sold $388 thousand of previously impaired equity funds and recognized gains of $207 thousand. See “Impairment Review of Securities” under the heading “Critical Accounting Estimates” above in this Item 7 for additional information regarding the accounting for other than temporary impairment.
See also Note 2, "Investments” and Note 13 "Fair Value Measurements" to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 below, for further information regarding the Company’s unrealized gains and losses, other than temporary impairment review and investments pledged as collateral, as well as the Company's fair value measures for available-for sale investments.
The contractual maturity distribution at amortized cost, as of December 31, 2011, of the fixed income securities above, excluding CDs which mature in less than a year, with the weighted average yield for each category is set forth below:
Under 1 Year | >1 – 5 Years | >5 – 10 Years | Over 10 Years | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Balance | Yield | Balance | Yield | Balance | Yield | Balance | Yield | |||||||||||||||||||||
Federal Agency Obligations | $ | 5,014 | 0.53 | % | $ | 35,192 | 0.97 | % | $ | — | — | $ | — | — | |||||||||||||||
MBS/CMO’s | — | — | 159 | 1.85 | % | 14,443 | 2.87 | % | 23,672 | 3.52 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Municipals(1) | 3,909 | 4.14 | % | 12,240 | 3.07 | % | 20,115 | 4.51 | % | 12,130 | 6.30 | % | |||||||||||||||||
$ | 8,923 | 2.11 | % | $ | 47,591 | 1.51 | % | $ | 34,558 | 3.82 | % | $ | 35,802 | 4.46 | % | ||||||||||||||
_____________________
(1) | Municipal security yields and total yields are shown on a tax equivalent basis. |
Scheduled contractual maturities may not reflect the actual maturities of the investments. MBS/CMO’s are shown at their final maturity. However, due to prepayments and amortization the actual MBS/CMO cash flows may be faster than presented above. Similarly, included in the municipal and federal agency obligations categories are $37.8 million in securities which can be “called” before maturity. Actual maturity of these callable securities could be shorter if called. Management considers these factors when evaluating the net interest margin in the Company’s asset-liability management program.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
As a member of the FHLB, the Company is required to purchase certain levels of FHLB capital stock in association with the Bank’s borrowing relationship from the FHLB. This stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost, which management believes approximates fair value. In February 2009, the FHLB began implementing a number of measures in order to strengthen its financial position and to increase its capital levels, including the indefinite suspension of its quarterly dividends and a moratorium on the repurchase of excess capital stock from member banks, among other programs. However, in the first quarter of 2011, the FHLB announced the reinstitution of quarterly dividends on capital stock balances based on improved profitability and capital levels. The FHLB cautioned that negative events such as further credit losses, a decline in income or regulatory disapproval could lead them to reconsider their plan to continue to declare modest cash dividends. The FHLB continues to take steps to protect members' capital and improve its profitability, including amendments to its capital plan and a joint capital enhancement agreement with the other eleven FHLBs, and continued their moratorium on excess capital stock repurchases through December 31, 2011. Although recent financial results of the FHLB have improved, and, in February 2012 the FHLB announced plans for a one-time capital stock repurchase, if further deterioration in the FHLB financial condition or capital levels occurs, the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock may become other than temporarily impaired to some degree. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock amounted to $4.7 million. Based on management's ongoing review, the Company has not recorded any other than temporarily impairment charges on this investment to date. Additionally, if as a result of deterioration in its financial condition the FHLB restricts its lending activities, the Company may need to utilize alternative funding sources to meet its liquidity needs.
Loans
Total loans increased $107.1 million, or 9%, and amounted to 84% of total assets at December 31, 2011, compared with 82% of total assets at December 31, 2010. The Company attributes the increase to its seasoned lending team, its sales and service culture and geographic market expansion. The Company has continued to selectively develop relationships with strong, credit-worthy customers. The mix of loans within the portfolio remained relatively unchanged with commercial loans amounting to approximately 86% of gross loans, reflecting a continued focus on commercial loan growth.
42
The following table sets forth the loan balances by certain loan categories at the dates indicated and the percentage of each category to gross loans.
December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comm’l real estate | $ | 650,697 | 51.9 | % | $ | 595,075 | 52.0 | % | $ | 553,768 | 51.1 | % | $ | 472,279 | 49.7 | % | $ | 406,410 | 48.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Comm’l & industrial | 310,706 | 24.8 | % | 274,829 | 24.0 | % | 263,151 | 24.3 | % | 231,815 | 24.4 | % | 188,866 | 22.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comm’l construction | 117,398 | 9.4 | % | 111,681 | 9.7 | % | 107,467 | 9.9 | % | 98,365 | 10.4 | % | 112,671 | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total Commercial | 1,078,801 | 86.1 | % | 981,585 | 85.7 | % | 924,386 | 85.3 | % | 802,459 | 84.5 | % | 707,947 | 84.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Resid mortgages | 83,368 | 6.7 | % | 79,521 | 7.0 | % | 80,808 | 7.4 | % | 72,750 | 7.6 | % | 63,452 | 7.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Resid construction | 2,943 | 0.2 | % | 2,874 | 0.2 | % | 6,260 | 0.6 | % | 6,375 | 0.7 | % | 4,120 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity loans and lines of credit | 77,135 | 6.2 | % | 70,147 | 6.1 | % | 68,392 | 6.3 | % | 61,632 | 6.5 | % | 54,773 | 6.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer | 4,570 | 0.4 | % | 4,228 | 0.4 | % | 3,824 | 0.4 | % | 4,857 | 0.5 | % | 4,493 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | 5,061 | 0.4 | % | 6,408 | 0.6 | % | 378 | — | % | 1,596 | 0.2 | % | 268 | — | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Gross loans | 1,251,878 | 100.0 | % | 1,144,763 | 100.0 | % | 1,084,048 | 100.0 | % | 949,669 | 100.0 | % | 835,053 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred fees, net | (1,389 | ) | (1,417 | ) | (1,218 | ) | (1,028 | ) | (1,234 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans | 1,250,489 | 1,143,346 | 1,082,830 | 948,641 | 833,819 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | (23,160 | ) | (19,415 | ) | (18,218 | ) | (15,269 | ) | (13,545 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loans | $ | 1,227,329 | $ | 1,123,931 | $ | 1,064,612 | $ | 933,372 | $ | 820,274 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
During 2011, commercial real estate loans increased $55.6 million, or 9%. Commercial real estate loans are typically secured by apartment buildings, office or mixed-use facilities, strip shopping centers or other commercial or industrial property.
Commercial and industrial loans increased by $35.9 million, or 13%, since December 31, 2010. These loans include seasonal revolving lines of credit, working capital loans, equipment financing (including equipment leases), and term loans. Also included in commercial and industrial loans are loans under various U.S. Small Business Administration programs.
Commercial construction loans increased by $5.7 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2010. Commercial construction loans include the development of residential housing and condominium projects, the development of commercial and industrial use property and loans for the purchase and improvement of raw land.
Residential mortgages, residential construction, home equity mortgages and consumer loans combined, increased by $11.2 million, or 7%, since December 31, 2010, due primarily to increases in home equity loans and lines.
During 2011, the Company sold $37.1 million in residential loans, compared to $44.0 million for the prior year. Loans sold generated gains on sales of $687 thousand and $713 thousand for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in gains on loans sales resulted primarily from the decrease in the amount of loans sold, partially offset by higher margins earned on these loan sales.
At December 31, 2011, commercial loan balances participated out to various banks amounted to $43.0 million, compared to $36.6 million at December 31, 2010. These balances participated out to other institutions are not carried as assets on the Company’s financial statements. Loans originated by other banks in which the Company is the participating institution are carried at the pro-rata share of ownership and amounted to $33.0 million and $32.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In each case, the participating bank funds a percentage of the loan commitment and takes on the related risk. In each case in which the Company participates in a loan, the rights and obligations of each participating bank is divided proportionately among the participating banks in an amount equal to their share of ownership and with equal priority among all banks.
Refer to Note 4 "Loans," to the Consolidated Financial Statements, contained in Item 8, for information on related party loans, loans serviced for others, and loans pledged as collateral.
43
The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities of commercial real estate, commercial & industrial and commercial construction loans in the Company’s portfolio at December 31, 2011. The table also sets forth the dollar amount of loans which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable rates.
(Dollars in thousands) | Commercial real estate | Commercial & industrial | Commercial construction | |||||||||
Amounts due(1): | ||||||||||||
One year or less | $ | 28,570 | $ | 165,984 | $ | 73,282 | ||||||
After one year through five years | 32,770 | 65,400 | 21,050 | |||||||||
Beyond five years | 589,357 | 79,322 | 23,066 | |||||||||
$ | 650,697 | $ | 310,706 | $ | 117,398 | |||||||
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year: | ||||||||||||
Fixed | $ | 32,068 | $ | 58,763 | $ | 1,980 | ||||||
Adjustable | $ | 590,059 | $ | 85,959 | $ | 42,136 | ||||||
__________________________
(1) | Scheduled contractual maturities may not reflect the actual maturities of loans. The average maturity of loans may be shorter than their contractual terms principally due to prepayments. |
Credit Risk
The Company manages its loan portfolio to avoid concentration by industry and loan size to minimize its credit risk exposure. In addition, the Company does not have a “sub-prime” mortgage program. However, inherent in the lending process is the risk of loss due to customer non-payment, or “credit risk.” The Company’s commercial lending focus may entail significant additional risks compared to long term financing on existing, owner-occupied residential real estate. These types of loans are typically larger and are generally viewed as having more risk of default than owner-occupied residential real estate loans or consumer loans. The underlying commercial real estate values, customer cash flow and payment expectations and, in the case of commercial construction loans, the actual costs necessary to complete a construction project, can be more easily influenced by adverse conditions in the local or national economy, the real estate market, or the related industries. As such, an extended downturn in the national or local economy or real estate markets, among other factors, could have a material impact on the borrowers’ ability to repay outstanding loans and on the value of the collateral securing these loans. While the Company endeavors to minimize this risk through the risk management function, management recognizes that loan losses will occur and that the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio and economic conditions.
The credit risk management function focuses on a wide variety of factors, including, among others, current and expected economic conditions, the real estate market, the financial condition of borrowers, the ability of borrowers to adapt to changing conditions or circumstances affecting their business and the continuity of borrowers’ management teams. Early detection of credit issues is critical to minimize credit losses. Accordingly, management regularly monitors these factors, among others, through ongoing credit reviews by the Credit Department, an external loan review service, reviews by members of senior management and the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors. This review includes the assessment of internal credit quality indicators such as the risk classification of loans, adversely classified loans, past due and non-accrual loans, impaired and restructured loans, and the level of foreclosure activity.
The Company’s loan risk rating system classifies loans depending on risk of loss characteristics. The classifications range from “substantially risk free” for the highest quality loans and loans that are secured by cash collateral, to the more severe adverse classifications of “substandard”, “doubtful” and “loss” based on criteria established under banking regulations. Loans classified as substandard include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard rated loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or full payment from liquidation, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loans classified as "loss" are generally considered uncollectible at present, although long term recovery of part or all of loan proceeds may be possible. These “loss” loans would require a specific loss reserve or charge-off. Adversely classified loans may be accruing or in non-accrual status and may be additionally designated as restructured and/or impaired, or some combination thereof. Loans which are evaluated to be of weaker credit quality are reviewed on a more frequent basis by management.
44
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is generally discontinued when a loan becomes contractually past due, with respect to interest or principal, by ninety days, or when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when payments are brought current and have remained current for a period of ninety days or when, in the judgment of management, the collectability of both principal and interest is reasonably assured. Interest payments received on loans in a non-accrual status are generally applied to principal.
Impaired loans are individually significant loans for which management considers it probable that not all amounts due in accordance with original contractual terms will be collected. The majority of impaired loans are included within the non-accrual balances; however, not every loan in non-accrual status has been designated as impaired. Impaired loans include loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (or "TDR", see below). Impaired loans exclude large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, which are collectively evaluated for impairment, loans that are measured at fair value and leases, unless the loan is amended in a TDR.
Management does not set any minimum delay of payments as a factor in reviewing for impaired classification. Management considers the payment status, net worth and earnings potential of the borrower, and the value and cash flow of the collateral as factors to determine if a loan will be paid in accordance with its contractual terms.
When a loan is deemed to be impaired, management estimates the credit loss by comparing the loan’s carrying value against either 1) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; 2) the loan’s observable market price; or 3) the expected realizable fair value of the collateral, in the case of collateral dependent loans. A specific allowance is assigned to the impaired loan for the amount of estimated credit loss. Impaired loans are charged off, in whole or in part, when management believes that the recorded investment in the loan is uncollectible.
Loans are designated as a TDR when a concession is made on a credit as a result of financial difficulties of the borrower. Typically, such concessions consist of a reduction in interest rate to a below market rate, taking into account the credit quality of the note, or a deferment or reduction of payments (principal or interest), which materially alters the Bank’s position or significantly extends the note’s maturity date, such that the present value of cash flows to be received is materially less than those contractually established at the loan’s origination. Restructured loans are included in the impaired loan category.
Real estate acquired by the Company through foreclosure proceedings or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). When property is acquired, it is generally recorded at the lesser of the loan’s remaining principal balance, net of any unamortized deferred fees, or the estimated fair value of the property acquired, less estimated costs to sell. Any loan balance in excess of the estimated realizable fair value on the date of transfer is charged to the allowance for loan losses on that date. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property, as well as subsequent declines in fair value are charged to non-interest expense.
Non-performing assets are comprised of non-accrual loans, deposit account overdrafts that are more than 90 days past due and OREO. The designation of a loan or other asset as non-performing does not necessarily indicate that loan principal and interest will ultimately be uncollectible. However, management recognizes the greater risk characteristics of these assets and therefore considers the potential risk of loss on assets included in this category in evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Despite prudent loan underwriting, adverse changes within the Company’s market area, or deterioration in local, regional or national economic conditions, could negatively impact the Company’s level of non-performing assets in the future.
Asset Quality
Adversely classified and non-performing statistics have trended upward beginning in 2009 through 2011, as would be expected given the regional economic environment and its impact on the local commercial markets. Management believes that the recent levels are reflective of more normalized commercial credit statistics compared to the historic lows seen just prior to 2008. Management does not consider the increase to be indicative of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the general loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, as indicated by the following factors: the ratio of non-performing loans to total loans given the size and mix of the Company’s loan portfolio; the minimal level of OREO; and the low levels of loans 60-89 days delinquent.
At December 31, 2011, the Company had adversely classified loans (loans carrying “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss” classifications) amounting to $37.8 million, compared to $25.2 million at December 31, 2010. There were no loans classified as “Loss” at either December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. The increase in adversely classified loans as of December 31, 2011, as compared to December 2010, was primarily due to the downgrade of twelve commercial real estate relationships totaling approximately $12.1 million, three commercial and industrial relationship of $2.7 million, and two construction relationships of
45
approximately $2.5 million, partially offset by paydowns and credit upgrades during the period. Management continues to closely monitor these adversely classified relationships.
Adversely classified loans which were performing but possessed potential weaknesses and, as a result, could ultimately become non-performing loans amounted to $14.0 million and $7.2 million, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The remaining balances of adversely classified loans were non-accrual loans, amounting to $23.8 million and $18.0 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Non-accrual loans which were not adversely classified amounted to $2.1 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and primarily represented the guaranteed portions of non-performing Small Business Administration loans.
The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets, TDR loans and delinquent loans 60-89 days past due as to interest or principal, held by the Company at the dates indicated:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 14,060 | $ | 8,065 | $ | 11,789 | $ | 3,691 | $ | 2,161 | ||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 9,696 | 7,573 | 2,748 | 1,713 | 1,124 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial construction | 727 | 2,890 | 4,662 | 1,400 | 372 | |||||||||||||||
Residential | 850 | 1,395 | 1,220 | 875 | 220 | |||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 536 | 407 | 177 | 293 | 74 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 6 | 10 | 8 | 39 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
Total Non-accrual loans | 25,875 | 20,340 | 20,604 | 8,011 | 3,956 | |||||||||||||||
Overdrafts > 90 days past due | 1 | 1 | 5 | 256 | — | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing loans | 25,876 | 20,341 | 20,609 | 8,267 | 3,956 | |||||||||||||||
Other real estate owned | 1,445 | 825 | 1,086 | 318 | 200 | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing assets | $ | 27,321 | $ | 21,166 | $ | 21,695 | $ | 8,585 | $ | 4,156 | ||||||||||
Total Loans | $ | 1,250,489 | $ | 1,143,346 | $ | 1,082,830 | $ | 948,641 | $ | 833,819 | ||||||||||
Accruing TDR loans not included above | $ | 12,442 | $ | 30,225 | $ | 20,125 | $ | 3,697 | $ | 76 | ||||||||||
Delinquent loans 60-89 days past due | $ | 3,026 | $ | 2,324 | $ | 2,104 | $ | 2,689 | $ | 275 | ||||||||||
Non-performing loans to total loans | 2.07 | % | 1.78 | % | 1.90 | % | 0.87 | % | 0.47 | % | ||||||||||
Non-performing assets to total assets | 1.83 | % | 1.51 | % | 1.66 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.39 | % | ||||||||||
Loans 60-89 days past due to total loans | 0.24 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.19 | % | 0.28 | % | 0.03 | % | ||||||||||
Adversely Classified loans to total loans | 3.02 | % | 2.20 | % | 2.38 | % | 1.46 | % | 0.76 | % | ||||||||||
The $5.5 million net increase in total non-performing loans, and the resulting increase in the ratio of non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans outstanding, was primarily due to net increases within the commercial real estate ($6.0 million) and commercial and industrial (2.1 million) portfolios, partially offset by a decrease in the commercial construction portfolio (2.2 million). The majority of non-accrual loans were also carried as impaired loans during the periods, and the changes since December 31, 2010 are discussed further below.
Total impaired loans amounted to $38.3 million and $49.8 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Total accruing impaired loans amounted to $13.2 million and $30.7 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, while non-accrual impaired loans amounted to $25.1 million and $19.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The decrease in the recorded investment in impaired loans since the prior year was primarily within the commercial real estate portfolio ($11.5 million) and the commercial construction portfolio ($2.0 million), partially offset by increases in the commercial and industrial portfolio ($1.9 million). During the current year, one larger accruing
46
commercial real estate relationship of approximately $13.2 million was upgraded and removed from impaired/TDR status, due to the borrower's improved financial condition, market terms of the loan and sustained performance over time. In addition, the decrease was impacted by paydowns and, in particular, the full payoff of one $3.3 million accruing commercial real estate impaired/TDR relationship during the first quarter of 2011. Non-accrual impaired loan balances were primarily impacted by one larger commercial and industrial loan ($2.1 million) which became non-accrual/impaired during the period, and eight larger commercial real estate relationships (totaling $5.2 million) which became non accrual/impaired during the period, partially offset by paydowns and charge-offs during the period.
In management’s opinion the majority of impaired loan balances at December 31, 2011 were supported by expected future cash flows or, for those collateral dependent loans, the net realizable value of the underlying collateral. Based on management’s assessment at December 31, 2011, impaired loans totaling $25.4 million required no specific reserves and impaired loans totaling $12.9 million required specific reserve allocations of $4.4 million. At December 31, 2010, impaired loans totaling $32.6 million required no specific reserves and impaired loans totaling $17.2 million required specific reserve allocations of $2.7 million. Management closely monitors these relationships for collateral or credit deterioration.
Total TDR loans, included in the impaired loan figures above as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $25.5 million and $41.6 million, respectively. TDR loans on accrual status amounted to $12.4 million and $30.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The decrease was due primarily to upgrade of the the accruing commercial real estate relationship referred to above under "impaired loans." TDR loans included in non-performing loans amounted to $13.0 million and $11.3 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The increase was due primarily due to several of the newly impaired commercial real estate relationships, partially offset by the full payoff referred to above. The Company continues to work with commercial relationships and enters into loan modifications to the extent deemed to be necessary or appropriate to ensure the best mutual outcome given the current economic environment.
The carrying value of OREO at December 31, 2011 was $1.4 million and consisted of four properties, compared to $825 thousand comprised of two properties at December 31, 2010. During 2011, one property that was held in OREO as of December 31, 2010 was sold, and four properties were added to OREO, one of which was subsequently sold during the year. There were no gains realized on the sale of OREO or subsequent write-downs in value in 2011. In 2010, the Company realized gains of $120 thousand on sales of OREO and wrote down one property by $500 thousand while in OREO.
Allowance for Loan Losses
On a quarterly basis, management prepares an estimate of the allowance necessary to cover estimated credit losses. The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio as of the specified balance sheet dates. The Company maintains the allowance at a level that it deems adequate to absorb all reasonably anticipated losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio.
In making its assessment on the adequacy of the allowance, management considers several quantitative and qualitative factors that could have an effect on the credit quality of the portfolio including individual assessment of larger and high risk credits, delinquency trends and the level of non-performing loans, net charge-offs, the growth and composition of the loan portfolio, expansion in geographic market area, the strength of the local and national economy, and comparison to industry peers, among other factors. Except for loans specifically identified as impaired, as discussed above, the estimate is a two-tiered approach that allocates loan loss reserves to “adversely classified” loans by credit rating and to non-classified loans by credit type. The general loss allocations take into account the historic loss experience as well as the quantitative and qualitative factors identified above. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, a direct charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance.
Management closely monitors the credit quality of individual delinquent and non-performing relationships, industry concentrations, the local and regional real estate market and current economic conditions. The level of delinquent and non-performing assets is largely a function of economic conditions and the overall banking environment. Despite prudent loan underwriting, adverse changes within the Company’s market area, or further deterioration in the local, regional or national economic conditions could negatively impact the Company’s level of non-performing assets in the future.
The allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 1.85% at December 31, 2011 compared to 1.70% at December 31, 2010. Based on the foregoing, as well as management’s judgment as to the existing credit risks inherent in the loan portfolio, the Company’s allowance for loan losses is deemed adequate to absorb probable losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio as of December 31, 2011.
47
The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year | $ | 19,415 | $ | 18,218 | $ | 15,269 | $ | 13,545 | $ | 12,940 | ||||||||||
Charged-off loans: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | 603 | 1,015 | 911 | 360 | 27 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 1,075 | 1,662 | 1,321 | 943 | 422 | |||||||||||||||
Construction | — | 1,245 | — | — | 100 | |||||||||||||||
Residential mortgage | 3 | 25 | 76 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Home equity | — | — | 140 | 50 | 77 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 65 | 70 | 87 | 25 | 25 | |||||||||||||||
Total charged-off | 1,746 | 4,017 | 2,535 | 1,378 | 651 | |||||||||||||||
Recoveries on charged-off loans: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate | 124 | 2 | 210 | 2 | 82 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial and industrial | 148 | 49 | 130 | 427 | 152 | |||||||||||||||
Construction | 4 | 5 | 3 | 96 | — | |||||||||||||||
Residential mortgage | 6 | — | 1 | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Home equity | — | — | 7 | 61 | — | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 12 | 21 | 287 | 11 | 22 | |||||||||||||||
Total recoveries | 294 | 77 | 638 | 597 | 256 | |||||||||||||||
Net loans charged-off | 1,452 | 3,940 | 1,897 | 781 | 395 | |||||||||||||||
Provision charged to operations | 5,197 | 5,137 | 4,846 | 2,505 | 1,000 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31 | $ | 23,160 | $ | 19,415 | $ | 18,218 | $ | 15,269 | $ | 13,545 | ||||||||||
Allowance to non-performing loans | 89.50 | % | 95.45 | % | 88.40 | % | 184.70 | % | 342.39 | % | ||||||||||
Recoveries to charge-offs | 16.84 | % | 1.92 | % | 25.17 | % | 43.32 | % | 39.32 | % | ||||||||||
Net loans charged-off to allowance | 6.27 | % | 20.29 | % | 10.41 | % | 5.11 | % | 2.92 | % | ||||||||||
Average loans outstanding | $ | 1,188,055 | $ | 1,108,279 | $ | 1,016,107 | $ | 880,228 | $ | 793,395 | ||||||||||
Increase in avg loans over prior year | 7 | % | 9 | % | 15 | % | 11 | % | 8 | % | ||||||||||
Net loans charged-off to average loans | 0.12 | % | 0.36 | % | 0.19 | % | 0.09 | % | 0.05 | % | ||||||||||
Allowance to total loans outstanding | 1.85 | % | 1.70 | % | 1.68 | % | 1.61 | % | 1.62 | % | ||||||||||
48
The following table sets forth the allocation of the Company’s allowance for loan losses amongst the categories of loans and the percentage of loans in each category to gross loans for the periods ending on the respective dates indicated:
December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Allowance allocation | Loan category as % of gross loans | Allowance allocation | Loan category as % of gross loans | Allowance allocation | Loan category as % of gross loans | Allowance allocation | Loan category as % of gross loans | Allowance allocation | Loan category as % of gross loans | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comm’l real estate | $ | 10,855 | 51.9 | % | $ | 9,769 | 52.0 | % | $ | 9,630 | 51.1 | % | $ | 7,953 | 49.7 | % | $ | 6,908 | 48.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Comm’l industrial | 7,568 | 24.8 | % | 5,489 | 24.0 | % | 4,614 | 24.3 | % | 3,817 | 24.4 | % | 3,196 | 22.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comm’l constr. | 3,013 | 9.4 | % | 2,609 | 9.7 | % | 2,475 | 9.9 | % | 2,094 | 10.4 | % | 2,341 | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Resid: mortg,cnstr and HELOC’s | 1,610 | 13.5 | % | 1,435 | 13.9 | % | 1,402 | 14.3 | % | 1,268 | 15.0 | % | 988 | 14.7 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer | 114 | 0.4 | % | 113 | 0.4 | % | 97 | 0.4 | % | 137 | 0.5 | % | 112 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 23,160 | 100.0 | % | $ | 19,415 | 100.0 | % | $ | 18,218 | 100.0 | % | $ | 15,269 | 100.0 | % | $ | 13,545 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
The allocation of the allowance for loan losses above reflects management’s judgment of the relative risks of the various categories of the Company’s loan portfolio. This allocation should not be considered an indication of the future amounts or types of possible loan charge-offs.
See Note 5 “Allowance for Loan Losses” to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, contained in Item 8, for further information regarding credit quality and the allowance for loan losses.
Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)
The Company has purchased BOLI as an investment vehicle, utilizing the earnings on BOLI to offset the cost of the Company’s benefit plans. The cash surrender value of BOLI was $14.9 million and $14.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Further information regarding the Company’s BOLI can be found in Item (i) in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," and information on the Company's retirement benefit plans is contained in note 10, “Employee Benefit Plans,” under the heading “Supplemental Retirement Plan” both of which are located in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8 below.
Deposits
Total deposits increased $89.1 million, or 7%, as of December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010, primarily in non-interest bearing checking accounts. Total deposits as a percentage of total assets were 90% at December 31, 2011 compared to 89% at December 31, 2010. The deposit growth is attributed to our focused sales and marketing efforts to attract relationship customers seeking an alternative to the larger regional and national banks, mutual funds and other investment alternatives, as well as the general inflow of funds into the deposit marketplace. This deposit growth has provided the Company with the ability to continue to grow loans and reduce wholesale funding balances.
49
The following table sets forth deposit balances by certain categories at the dates indicated and the percentage of each deposit category to total deposits.
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of Total | Amount | % of Total | |||||||||||||||
Non-interest demand deposits | $ | 309,930 | 23.3 | % | $ | 231,121 | 18.6 | % | $ | 192,515 | 16.8 | % | |||||||||
Interest bearing checking | 165,718 | 12.4 | % | 175,056 | 14.1 | % | 185,693 | 16.2 | % | ||||||||||||
Total checking | 475,648 | 35.7 | % | 406,177 | 32.7 | % | 378,208 | 33.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Savings | 141,289 | 10.6 | % | 132,313 | 10.6 | % | 149,582 | 13.1 | % | ||||||||||||
Money Markets | 446,526 | 33.5 | % | 428,992 | 34.5 | % | 320,126 | 28.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Total savings/money markets | 587,815 | 44.1 | % | 561,305 | 45.1 | % | 469,708 | 41.1 | % | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 269,695 | 20.2 | % | 276,507 | 22.2 | % | 269,120 | 23.5 | % | ||||||||||||
Total non-brokered deposits | 1,333,158 | 100.0 | % | 1,243,989 | 100.0 | % | 1,117,036 | 97.6 | % | ||||||||||||
Brokered deposits(1) | — | — | 82 | — | 27,912 | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||||||
Total deposits | $ | 1,333,158 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,244,071 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,144,948 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
(1) | Brokered deposits include money market deposits placed into overnight brokered deposits and CDs placed into selected term deposits via nationwide networks in increments that are covered by FDIC insurance. |
Checking deposits, a strong source of low-cost funding for the Company, increased $69.5 million, or 17%, through December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010.
Savings and money market accounts increased by $26.5 million, or 5%, at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily in money market account balances.
Year-end balances of certificates of deposit decreased by $6.8 million, or 2%.
From time to time, management utilizes both brokered deposits and borrowed funds (as discussed below) as cost effective wholesale funding sources to support continued loan growth. The brokered deposit balance at December 31, 2010 represents overnight deposits from the Bank’s participation in the DDM program.
At December 31, 2011, the majority of the combined CD balances (brokered and non-brokered) were scheduled to mature within one year, with approximately 30% due to mature within three months and 51% due in over three through twelve months, with the remaining balances scheduled to mature over 2013 through 2015.
50
The table below sets forth a comparison of the Company’s average deposits and average rates paid for the periods indicated, as well as the percentage of each deposit category to total average deposits. The annualized average rate on total deposits reflects both interest bearing and non-interest bearing deposits.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Average Balance | Avg Rate | % of Total | Average Balance | Avg Rate | % of Total | Average Balance | Avg Rate | % of Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest demand | $ | 251,536 | — | 19.3 | % | $ | 208,460 | — | 17.4 | % | $ | 172,192 | — | 16.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Interest checking | 170,644 | 0.11 | % | 13.1 | % | 168,436 | 0.19 | % | 14.1 | % | 165,389 | 0.28 | % | 15.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Savings | 153,843 | 0.37 | % | 11.8 | % | 153,352 | 0.44 | % | 12.8 | % | 153,199 | 0.88 | % | 14.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Money market | 450,554 | 0.73 | % | 34.6 | % | 388,327 | 0.90 | % | 32.4 | % | 232,700 | 1.26 | % | 22.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing non-term deposits | 775,041 | 0.51 | % | 59.5 | % | 710,115 | 0.63 | % | 59.3 | % | 551,288 | 0.86 | % | 52.2 | % | |||||||||||||||
Certificates of Deposit | 275,400 | 1.23 | % | 21.2 | % | 274,964 | 1.54 | % | 23.0 | % | 263,722 | 2.56 | % | 25.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total non-brokered deposits | 1,301,977 | 0.57 | % | 100.0 | % | 1,193,539 | 0.73 | % | 99.7 | % | 987,202 | 1.17 | % | 93.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Brokered deposits | 15 | 0.28 | % | — | % | 3,691 | 0.59 | % | 0.3 | % | 69,064 | 1.40 | % | 6.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,301,992 | 0.57 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,197,230 | 0.73 | % | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,056,266 | 1.18 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
The decrease in the average rate paid on total deposit accounts for 2011 is attributable to decreases in market interest rates.
Borrowed Funds
Total borrowed funds, consisting of FHLB and other borrowings, and securities sold to customers under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) decreased $11.0 million, or 71%, from December 31, 2010. The decrease resulted primarily from the increase in core deposit balances as noted above. From time to time, management utilizes both brokered deposits (as discussed above) and borrowed funds as cost effective wholesale funding sources to support continued loan growth in excess of core deposit growth.
The following table sets forth borrowed funds by categories at the dates indicated and the percentage of each category to total borrowed funds.
December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | % | Amount | % | Amount | % | |||||||||||||||
FHLB Borrowings | $ | 4,494 | 100.0 | % | $ | 4,779 | 30.8 | % | $ | 23,460 | 94.3 | % | |||||||||
Other Borrowings | — | — | 10,000 | 64.3 | % | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | — | — | 762 | 4.9 | % | 1,416 | 5.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Total borrowed funds | $ | 4,494 | 100.0 | % | $ | 15,541 | 100.0 | % | $ | 24,876 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
The Company’s primary borrowing source is the FHLB, but the Company may choose to borrow from other established business partners. Outstanding FHLB borrowing balances at December 31, 2011, represented term advances, linked to outstanding
51
commercial loans, under various community investment programs of the FHLB. “Other borrowings” represents overnight advances from the FRB Discount Window or borrowings from correspondent banks. The $10.0 million in other borrowings at December 31, 2010 was an overnight borrowing from a correspondent bank that was repaid on January 3, 2011.
As of December 31, 2011, the FHLB balances with maturities one year or less amounted to $4.0 million and had a weighted average rate of 1.35%. The the FHLB balance with maturities between one to two years was $470 thousand and had a weighted average rate of 5.94%.
Maximum FHLB and other borrowings outstanding at any month end during 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $4.8 million, $46.0 million and $112.8 million respectively. Maximum amounts outstanding under repurchase agreements at any month end during 2011 were $763 thousand and $1.4 million in both 2010 and 2009.
The table below shows the comparison of the Company’s average borrowed funds and average rates paid for the periods indicated.
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Average Balance | Average Rate | Average Balance | Average Rate | Average Balance | Average Rate | |||||||||||||||
FHLB advances | $ | 4,684 | 1.82 | % | $ | 24,365 | 0.66 | % | $ | 65,325 | 0.34 | % | |||||||||
Other borrowed funds | 170 | 0.25 | % | 58 | 0.75 | % | 58 | 0.46 | % | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | 373 | 0.31 | % | 1,145 | 0.47 | % | 1,415 | 1.10 | % | ||||||||||||
Total borrowed funds | $ | 5,227 | 1.66 | % | $ | 25,568 | 0.65 | % | $ | 66,798 | 0.36 | % | |||||||||
The increase in the average rate on borrowed funds for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year was due to paydowns in lower costing overnight FHLB advances during the period. The average balance of “other borrowed funds” above represents overnight advances from the FRB or borrowings from correspondent banks made during those years.
At December 31, 2011, the Bank had the ability to borrow additional funds from the FHLB of up to $184.5 million and capacity with the FRB of $48.0 million.
The Company also had $10.8 million of junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, in addition to the borrowed funds noted above.
Liquidity
Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising from, among other things, fluctuations in loans, investments, deposits and borrowings. Liquidity management is the coordination of activities so that cash needs are anticipated and met readily and efficiently. The Company's liquidity policies are set and monitored by the Company's Asset-Liability Committee of the Board of Directors. The Company's asset-liability objectives are to engage in sound balance sheet management strategies, maintain liquidity, provide and enhance access to a diverse and stable source of funds, provide competitively priced and attractive products to customers and conduct funding at a low cost relative to current market conditions. Funds gathered are used to support current commitments, to fund earning asset growth, and to take advantage of selected leverage opportunities.
The Company's liquidity is maintained by projecting cash needs, balancing maturing assets with maturing liabilities, monitoring various liquidity ratios, monitoring deposit flows, maintaining cash flow within the investment portfolio, and maintaining wholesale funding resources. The Company's wholesale funding sources primarily include borrowing capacity in the brokered deposit markets, at the FHLB, through the FRB Discount Window, and through fed fund purchase arrangements with correspondent banks.
Management believes that the Company has adequate liquidity to meet its obligations. The Company currently funds earning assets primarily with deposits, brokered deposits, FHLB borrowings, and earnings. The Company has in the past also issued junior subordinated debentures and offered shares of the Company's common stock for sale to the general public, as most recently with the 2009 offerings, in order to increase its liquidity.
52
Capital Adequacy
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary, supervisory actions by regulators, which, if undertaken, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition. At December 31, 2011, the capital levels of both the Company and the Bank complied with all applicable minimum capital requirements of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, respectively, and both qualified as “well capitalized” under applicable regulation of the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC.
For additional information regarding the capital requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank and their respective capital levels at December 31, 2011, see the section entitled “Capital Resources” contained in Item 1 “Business” and note 12, “Stockholders’ Equity, ”to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 8.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The Company is required to make future cash payments under various contractual obligations. These obligations typically include the repayment of short and long-term borrowings and long-term subordinated debentures, payment of fixed-cash supplemental retirement benefits, payments under non-cancelable operating leases for various premises, and payments due under agreements to purchase goods and future services from a variety of vendors.
The Company is also party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, commitments to sell loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced loans and lines of credit. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in the particular classes of financial instruments.
The following table summarizes the contractual cash obligations and commitments at December 31, 2011.
Payments Due By Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Total | With-in 1 Year | >1 – 3 Years | >3 – 5 Years | After 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
Contractual Cash Obligations: | ||||||||||||||||||||
FHLB borrowings | $ | 4,494 | $ | 4,024 | $ | 470 | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | — | — | — | 10,825 | |||||||||||||||
Supplemental retirement plans | 4,697 | 276 | 552 | 552 | 3,317 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations | 7,263 | 864 | 1,571 | 1,307 | 3,521 | |||||||||||||||
Vendor contracts | 4,490 | 3,130 | 1,152 | 208 | — | |||||||||||||||
Total contractual obligations | $ | 31,769 | $ | 8,294 | $ | 3,745 | $ | 2,067 | $ | 17,663 | ||||||||||
Commitment Expiration — By Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Total | With-in 1 Year | >1 – 3 Years | >3 – 5 Years | After 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
Other Commitments: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Unadvanced loans and lines | $ | 333,926 | $ | 249,182 | $ | 32,124 | $ | 10,103 | $ | 42,517 | ||||||||||
Commitments to originate loans | 21,805 | 21,805 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Standby letters of credit | 16,170 | 11,870 | 3,137 | 1,083 | 80 | |||||||||||||||
Commitments to originate loans for sale | 7,847 | 7,847 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Commitments to sell loans | 12,908 | 12,908 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Total commitments | $ | 392,656 | $ | 303,612 | $ | 35,261 | $ | 11,186 | $ | 42,597 | ||||||||||
53
Investment Assets Under Management
The Company provides a wide range of investment advisory and management services, including brokerage, trust, and investment management (together, “investment advisory services”). The market values of these components are affected by fluctuations in the financial markets.
Also included in the investment assets under management total are commercial sweep accounts that are invested in third party money market mutual funds.
The following table sets forth the fair market value of investment assets under management by certain categories at the dates indicated.
December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Investment advisory and management services | $ | 389,569 | $ | 378,798 | $ | 331,134 | ||||||
Brokerage and management services | 108,190 | 105,869 | 90,332 | |||||||||
Total investment advisory assets | 497,759 | 484,667 | 421,466 | |||||||||
Commercial sweep accounts | 7,404 | 8,411 | 11,577 | |||||||||
Investment assets under management | $ | 505,163 | $ | 493,078 | $ | 433,043 | ||||||
Investment assets under management increased by $12.1 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributable to a $10.8 million, or 3%, increase in investment advisory and management services assets due to asset growth from new business.
Total assets under management, which includes total assets, investment assets under management, and loans serviced for others amounted to $2.06 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $1.95 billion at December 31, 2010 and $1.79 billion at December 31, 2009. Investment assets under management are not carried as part of the Company's assets on the balance sheet.
Results of Operations
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
Unless otherwise indicated, the reported results are for the year ended December 31, 2011 with the “comparable year” or “prior year” being the year ended December 31, 2010. Average yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis.
Net Income
The Company earned net income in 2011 of $10.9 million compared to $10.6 million for 2010, an increase of 3%. Earnings per share for 2011 were $1.16 on both a basic and diluted basis, compared to $1.15 on both a basic and diluted basis for the year ended 2010 which represented increases of 1%.
The Company's growth contributed to increases in net interest income and the level of operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011. Additionally, the 2011 year-end results were positively impacted by increases in non-interest revenue.
Net Interest Margin
Tax equivalent net interest margin decreased by 4 basis points, to 4.37% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 4.41% for the prior year. This decrease resulted primarily from asset yields declining more during the year than the cost of funds. Interest earning asset yields declined 19 basis points compared to the prior year, while the cost of funding declined by 16 basis points over the same period.
54
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table sets forth the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected interest income and expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) volume (change in average portfolio balance multiplied by prior year average rate); (2) interest rate (change in average interest rate multiplied by prior year average balance); and (3) rate and volume (the remaining difference).
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2011 vs. 2010 | 2010 vs. 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) due to | Increase (Decrease) due to | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Net Change | Volume | Rate | Rate/ Volume | Net Change | Volume | Rate | Rate/ Volume | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 2,516 | $ | 4,369 | $ | (1,533 | ) | $ | (320 | ) | $ | 3,454 | $ | 5,191 | $ | (1,569 | ) | $ | (168 | ) | ||||||||||||
Investments (1) | (578 | ) | 259 | (947 | ) | 110 | (765 | ) | 836 | (1,529 | ) | (72 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets | 1,938 | 4,628 | (2,480 | ) | (210 | ) | 2,689 | 6,027 | (3,098 | ) | (240 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Expense | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Int. chkg, savings, and money market(2) | (490 | ) | 404 | (853 | ) | (41 | ) | (281 | ) | 1,370 | (1,268 | ) | (383 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
COD’s | (830 | ) | 7 | (852 | ) | 15 | (2,534 | ) | 288 | (2,690 | ) | (132 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Brokered COD’s | (17 | ) | — | — | (17 | ) | (949 | ) | (937 | ) | (414 | ) | 402 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Certificates of deposit | (847 | ) | 7 | (852 | ) | (2 | ) | (3,483 | ) | (649 | ) | (3,104 | ) | 270 | ||||||||||||||||||
Borrowed funds | (80 | ) | (133 | ) | 267 | (214 | ) | (72 | ) | (142 | ) | 200 | (130 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing funding | (1,417 | ) | 278 | (1,438 | ) | (257 | ) | (3,836 | ) | 579 | (4,172 | ) | (243 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Change in net interest income | $ | 3,355 | $ | 4,350 | $ | (1,042 | ) | $ | 47 | $ | 6,525 | $ | 5,448 | $ | 1,074 | $ | 3 | |||||||||||||||
_____________________
(1) | Investments include investment securities, dividends on FHLB stock, interest-earning deposits and fed funds. |
(2) | Interest checking, savings and money market includes interest expense on brokered money market accounts. 2010 was the first year that the Company had brokered money market balances. |
The table on the following page presents the Company’s average balance sheet, net interest income and average rates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
55
Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2011 | Year ended December 31, 2010 | Year ended December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Average Balance | Interest | Average Yield(1) | Average Balance | Interest | Average Yield (1) | Average Balance | Interest | Average Yield(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans (2) | $ | 1,188,055 | $ | 63,363 | 5.39 | % | $ | 1,108,279 | $ | 60,847 | 5.53 | % | $ | 1,016,107 | $ | 57,393 | 5.69 | % | |||||||||||||||
Investments(3) | 180,742 | 3,606 | 2.47 | % | 172,175 | 4,184 | 3.02 | % | 151,441 | 4,949 | 4.03 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earnings assets | 1,368,797 | 66,969 | 5.00 | % | 1,280,454 | 65,031 | 5.19 | % | 1,167,548 | 62,342 | 5.47 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 81,002 | 76,688 | 72,110 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 1,449,799 | $ | 1,357,142 | $ | 1,239,658 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Int chkg, savings and money market(4) | $ | 775,056 | 3,987 | 0.51 | % | $ | 711,689 | 4,477 | 0.63 | % | $ | 551,288 | 4,758 | 0.86 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 275,400 | 3,392 | 1.23 | % | 274,964 | 4,222 | 1.54 | % | 263,722 | 6,756 | 2.56 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Brokered Certificates of Deposit | — | — | — | % | 2,117 | 17 | 0.80 | % | 69,064 | 966 | 1.40 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowed funds | 5,227 | 87 | 1.66 | % | 25,568 | 167 | 0.65 | % | 66,798 | 239 | 0.36 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | 1,177 | 10.88 | % | 10,825 | 1,177 | 10.88 | % | 10,825 | 1,177 | 10.88 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing funding | 1,066,508 | 8,643 | 0.81 | % | 1,025,163 | 10,060 | 0.98 | % | 961,697 | 13,896 | 1.45 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread | 4.19 | % | 4.21 | % | 4.02 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits | 251,536 | — | — | 208,460 | — | — | 172,192 | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total deposits, borrowed funds and debentures | 1,318,044 | 8,643 | 0.66 | % | 1,233,623 | 10,060 | 0.82 | % | 1,133,889 | 13,896 | 1.23 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities | 9,892 | 10,520 | 10,061 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 1,327,936 | 1,244,143 | 1,143,950 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders’ equity | 121,863 | 112,999 | 95,708 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | 1,449,799 | $ | 1,357,142 | $ | 1,239,658 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | $ | 58,326 | $ | 54,971 | $ | 48,446 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (tax equivalent) | 4.37 | % | 4.41 | % | 4.28 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
__________________________
(1) | Average yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis. The tax equivalent effect associated with loans and investments, which was not included in the interest amount above, was $1.5 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
(2) | Average loans include non-accrual loans and are net of average deferred loan fees. |
(3) | Average investments are presented at amortized cost and include investment securities, interest-earning assets, fed funds sold and FHLB Stock. |
(4) | Average interest checking, savings and money market includes average brokered money market accounts. Included in average interest checking, savings and money market balances were average brokered money markets balances of $15 thousand and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 2010 was the first year that the Company had brokered money market balances. |
56
Net Interest Income
The Company’s net interest income was $58.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $3.4 million, or 6%, over the prior year. The increase was primarily due to strong loan growth, partially offset by a decrease in net interest margin.
Interest Income
Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $67.0 million, an increase of $1.9 million from the prior year. The increase resulted primarily from growth in the average balance of interest earning assets of $88.3 million, or 7% for the year ended December 31, 2011, partially offset by a 19 basis point decline in the average tax equivalent yield on interest earning assets, due to the lower interest rate environment during 2011.
Interest income on loans, which accounts for the majority of interest income, increased $2.5 million, or 4% compared to the prior period, primarily due to loan growth partially offset by a decline in loan yields. Average loan balances increased $79.8 million, or 7%, compared to the prior year, and amounted to $1.19 billion, for the year ended December 31, 2011, while the average yield on loans declined 14 basis points compared to the prior period and amounted to 5.39% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Total investment income, which represents the remainder of interest income, amounted to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 a decrease of $578 thousand, or 14%, compared to the prior period. The decrease resulted primarily from the impact of the 55 basis point decrease in the average yield on investment securities, as investments that were sold, matured, or were called had higher yields than investment purchases during the period. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase of $8.6 million, or 5% in the average balance of investments over the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest Expense
Total interest expense amounted to $8.6 million, a decrease of $1.4 million, or 14% compared to the prior year. The decrease resulted primarily from a 16 basis point decrease in the average cost of funding due primarily to the reduction in deposit market interest rates over the period. This decrease was partially offset by the expense associated with the $41.3 million, or 4%, increase in the average balance of interest bearing funding sources, primarily interest checking, savings and money market accounts. Average balance increases were noted primarily in money market accounts. Deposit growth has provided the Company with the ability to continue to grow loans and reduce wholesale funding balances.
Interest expense on interest checking, savings and money market accounts decreased $490 thousand, or 11%, over the comparable year. The average cost of these accounts decreased 12 basis points to 0.51%, while the average balance increased $63.4 million, or 9%, over the prior year.
Interest expense on total CDs (brokered and non-brokered) decreased $847 thousand, or 20%, compared to the prior year and amounted to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease primarily resulted from a decline of 30 basis points in the average cost of CDs, while average balances of CDs were relatively flat compared to the prior period. The Company did not have any brokered CD balances in the year ended December 31, 2011, while in the same period in 2010, the average brokered CD balances were $2.1 million.
Interest expense on borrowed funds, consisting primarily of FHLB borrowings, decreased by $80 thousand, over the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributed to the reduction in the average balances of borrowed funds by $20.3 million, or 80%, as a result of deposit growth over the prior period. The average cost of borrowed funds increased 101 basis points, to 1.66%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as the average balance reduction in borrowed funds was in lower costing shorter term borrowings.
The interest expense and average rate on junior subordinated debentures was $1.2 million and 10.88%, respectively, for both years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
The average balance of non-interest bearing demand deposits increased $43.1 million, or 21% to $251.5 million at December 31, 2011. The average balance of these accounts represented 19% and 17% of total average deposits for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Non-interest bearing demand deposits are an important component of the
57
Bank’s core funding strategy.
Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses was $5.2 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The provision made to the allowance for loan losses takes into consideration the level of loan growth, adversely classified and non-performing loans, specific reserves for impaired loans, net charge-offs, and the estimated impact of current economic conditions on credit quality. The provision reflects management’s estimate of the loan loss allowance necessary to support the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio during the period.
See “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses” under the heading, “Financial Condition,” in this Item 7 above, for further information regarding the provision for loan losses.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $503 thousand, or 4%, compared to 2010. The primary components of the this increase were increases in investment advisory fees and deposit fee income, partially offset by a decrease in net gains on securities sales.
The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income and the related changes for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
Investment advisory fees | $ | 3,728 | $ | 3,424 | $ | 304 | 9 | % | |||||||
Deposit service fees | 4,458 | 4,154 | 304 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Income on bank-owned life insurance | 650 | 654 | (4 | ) | (1 | )% | |||||||||
OTTI on investment securities | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | 5 | 63 | % | ||||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | 791 | 875 | (84 | ) | (10 | )% | |||||||||
Gains on sales of loans | 687 | 713 | (26 | ) | (4 | )% | |||||||||
Other income | 1,753 | 1,749 | 4 | — | % | ||||||||||
Total non-interest income | $ | 12,064 | $ | 11,561 | $ | 503 | 4 | % | |||||||
Investment advisory fees increased primarily due to net asset growth from new business and changes in market values due to market fluctuations.
Increases in deposit service fees were primarily from increased overdraft fee income and electronic transaction fees.
Net gains on sales of investment securities in 2011 resulted from sales of $10.6 million in investments. The net gains on sales of investment securities in 2010 resulted from sales of $5.0 million in investments.
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $3.4 million, or 7%, compared to 2010, primarily as a result of growth and expansion initiatives.
58
The following table sets forth the components of non-interest expense and the related changes for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits | $ | 28,671 | $ | 26,205 | $ | 2,466 | 9 | % | |||||||
Occupancy and equipment expenses | 5,485 | 5,146 | 339 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Technology and telecommunications expenses | 3,886 | 3,692 | 194 | 5 | % | ||||||||||
Advertising and public relations expenses | 2,661 | 2,204 | 457 | 21 | % | ||||||||||
Deposit Insurance Premiums | 1,319 | 1,874 | (555 | ) | (30 | )% | |||||||||
Audit, legal and other professional fees | 1,393 | 1,178 | 215 | 18 | % | ||||||||||
Supplies and postage expenses | 882 | 790 | 92 | 12 | % | ||||||||||
OREO fair value adjustment | — | 500 | (500 | ) | (100 | )% | |||||||||
Investment advisory and custodial expenses | 412 | 451 | (39 | ) | (9 | )% | |||||||||
Other operating expenses | 4,379 | 3,641 | 738 | 20 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-interest expense | $ | 49,088 | $ | 45,681 | $ | 3,407 | 7 | % | |||||||
The increase in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due to the personnel and benefits costs necessary to support the Company’s strategic growth initiatives, as well as salary adjustments since the prior period.
Both occupancy and equipment expenses, and technology and telecommunications expenses increased due primarily to growth and expansion costs to support the Company's strategic initiatives. Occupancy expense was also impacted by the unusually high snow removal costs in the first quarter of 2011.
Advertising and public relations expenses increased due primarily to costs which supported the Company’s expansion and business development efforts, including philanthropic activity.
Deposit insurance premiums decreased resulting from changes made by the FDIC (effective April 1, 2011) in their deposit insurance assessment methodology in order to put more of the insurance fund burden on higher risk institutions. See the discussion under the heading “Deposit Insurance” contained in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Supervision and Regulation”, for further information regarding the Company’s deposit insurance assessment.
Audit, legal and other professional expenses increased primarily due to increases in other professional and consulting costs in 2011.
The decrease in OREO fair value adjustment relates to the write-down of one property in the fourth quarter of 2010.
Other operating expenses included increases primarily in foreclosed real estate costs, workout and delinquent loan expenses, and branch security expenses.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $5.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 32.0%, and 32.3%, respectively. Refer to note 15 "Income Taxes" to the Consolidated Financial Statements, contained in Item 8, for additional information about the Company's taxes.
59
Results of Operations
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009
Unless otherwise indicated, the reported results are for the year ended December 31, 2010 with the “comparable year” or “prior year” being the year ended December 31, 2009.
Net Income
The Company earned net income in 2010 of $10.6 million compared to $7.9 million for 2009, an increase of 34%. Earnings per share for 2010 were $1.15 on both a basic and diluted basis, compared to $0.96 in the prior year, increases of 20%.
The increase in net income for the year was primarily attributed to growth in loans, deposits and investment assets under management, and an increase in the net interest margin.
Net Interest Margin
Tax equivalent net interest margin increased by 13 basis points, to 4.41% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 4.28% for the prior year. This increase resulted primarily from the cost of funds declining at a faster rate than asset yields during the past year. The cost of funding declined by 41 basis points compared to the prior year, while interest earning asset yields declined 28 basis points over the same period.
Reflecting the current industry trends of decreasing margins affecting many banks, quarterly net interest margin was 4.31% for the three months ended December 31, 2010, compared to 4.40% and 4.42% for the quarters ended September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The decrease in net interest margin in the fourth quarter of 2010 was largely impacted by an increase in the average balance of lower yielding fed funds during that period.
Net Interest Income
The Company’s net interest income was $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $6.5 million, or 13%, over the prior year. The increase was primarily due to strong loan growth.
Interest Income
Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $65.0 million, an increase of $2.7 million from the prior year. The increase resulted primarily from growth in the average balance of interest earning assets of $112.9 million, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2010, partially offset by a 28 basis point decline in the average tax equivalent yield on interest earning assets, due to the lower interest rate environment during 2010.
Interest income on loans, which accounts for the majority of interest income, increased $3.5 million, or 6% compared to the prior period. Average loan balances increased $92.2 million, or 9%, compared to the prior year, and amounted to $1.1 billion, while the average yield on loans declined 16 basis points compared to the prior period and amounted to 5.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Total investment income, which represents the remainder of interest income, amounted to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 a decrease of $765 thousand, or 15%, compared to the prior year. The decrease resulted primarily from the impact of the 101 basis point decrease in the average yield on investments as a result of lower market interest rates and the impact of higher levels of lower yielding fed funds investments in 2010 as compared to 2009. Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase of $20.7 million, or 14%, in the average balance of investments over the year ended December 31, 2009.
Interest Expense
Total interest expense amounted to $10.1 million, a decrease of $3.8 million compared to the prior year. The decrease resulted primarily from a 41 basis point decrease in the average cost of funding due primarily to the reduction in deposit market interest rates over the period, and an increase of $36.3 million in the average balance of non-interest bearing deposits. This decrease was partially offset by the expense associated with the $63.5 million, or 7%, increase in the average balance of interest bearing funding sources, primarily interest checking, savings and money market accounts. Growth in average deposits for the year
60
ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009, was primarily attributed to continued expansion and sales efforts to attract deposit relationship customers seeking a competitive, but secure, alternative to the larger regional and national banks, mutual funds and lower yielding investment alternatives. Deposit growth has provided the Company with the ability to reduce wholesale funding balances.
Interest expense on interest checking, savings and money market accounts decreased $281 thousand over the comparable year. The average cost of these accounts decreased 23 basis points to 0.63%, while the average balance increased $160.4 million, or 29%, over the prior year. Average balance increases were noted primarily in money market accounts.
Interest expense on total CDs (brokered and non-brokered) decreased $3.5 million over the prior year.
• | Non-brokered Deposits: |
Interest expense on non-brokered deposits amounted to $4.2 million, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 38%, over the comparable period. The average cost of non-brokered deposits decreased 102 basis points, to 1.54%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 while the average balances of non-brokered deposits increased $11.2 million, or 4%, compared to the prior period.
• | Brokered Certificates of Deposit: |
Interest expense on brokered certificates of deposit amounted to $17 thousand, a decrease of $949 thousand, or 98%, compared to the same period in 2009. The average brokered CD balances decreased by $66.9 million, or 97%, compared to the prior period and the average cost of brokered deposits decreased 60 basis points, to 0.80% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company has not had any brokered certificates of deposit since February 2010.
Interest expense on borrowed funds, consisting primarily of FHLB borrowings and term repurchase agreements, decreased by $72 thousand over the prior year. The decrease was primarily attributed to decreases in the average balances of borrowed funds by $41.2 million, or 62%, as a result of deposit growth over the prior period. The average cost of borrowed funds increased 29 basis points, to 0.65%, for the year ended December 31, 2010.
The interest expense and average rate on junior subordinated debentures was $1.2 million and 10.88%, respectively, for both years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The average balance of non-interest bearing demand deposits increased $36.3 million, or 21% to $208.5 million at December 31, 2010. The average balance of these accounts represented 17% and 16% of total average deposits for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Non-interest bearing demand deposits are an important component of the Bank’s core funding strategy.
Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses was $5.1 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The provision for loan losses during any period is a function of the level of loan growth and trends in asset quality, taking into consideration net charge-offs, the level of non-performing and adversely classified loans, and reserves for specific impaired loans. The provision reflects management’s estimate of the loan loss allowance necessary to support the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio during the period.
See “Credit Risk/Asset Quality” and “Allowance for Loan Losses” under the heading, “Financial Condition”, in this Item 7 above, for further information regarding the provision for loan losses.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $1.3 million, or 13%, compared to 2009. The primary components of the increase were a decrease in the OTTI charge, and increases in investment advisory assets, which were partially offset by a decrease in the net gains on sales of investment securities.
61
The following table sets forth the components of non-interest income and the related changes for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
Investment advisory fees | $ | 3,424 | $ | 2,825 | $ | 599 | 21 | % | |||||||
Deposit service fees | 4,154 | 3,881 | 273 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Income on bank-owned life insurance | 654 | 630 | 24 | 4 | % | ||||||||||
OTTI on investment securities | (8 | ) | (797 | ) | 789 | 99 | % | ||||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | 875 | 1,487 | (612 | ) | (41 | )% | |||||||||
Gains on sales of loans | 713 | 612 | 101 | 17 | % | ||||||||||
Other income | 1,749 | 1,634 | 115 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-interest income | $ | 11,561 | $ | 10,272 | $ | 1,289 | 13 | % | |||||||
Investment advisory fees increased primarily due to net asset growth, both from market appreciation and new business.
Increases in deposit service fees were primarily from increased overdraft fee income and electronic transaction fees.
The OTTI charges in 2009, which occurred primarily in the first quarter, represented a charge to earnings on certain equity investments in the investment portfolio resulting in the book value of these investments being written down to market value.
Net gains on sales of investment securities in 2010 resulted from sales of $5.0 million in investments. The net gains on sales of investment securities in 2009 resulted from sales of $39.5 million in investments.
Increases in net gains on sales of loans was primarily attributable to higher margins earned on loans sold in 2010.
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $3.0 million, or 7%, compared to 2009, primarily as a result of growth and expansion initiatives. The primary components of the increase were salaries and benefits, technology and telecommunications expenses and the OREO fair value adjustment.
The following table sets forth the components of non-interest expense and the related changes for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2010 | 2009 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits | $ | 26,205 | $ | 24,418 | $ | 1,787 | 7 | % | |||||||
Occupancy and equipment expenses | 5,146 | 5,221 | (75 | ) | (1 | )% | |||||||||
Technology and telecommunications expenses | 3,692 | 3,133 | 559 | 18 | % | ||||||||||
Advertising and public relations expenses | 2,204 | 1,941 | 263 | 14 | % | ||||||||||
Deposit Insurance Premiums | 1,874 | 2,161 | (287 | ) | (13 | )% | |||||||||
Audit, legal and other professional fees | 1,178 | 1,227 | (49 | ) | (4 | )% | |||||||||
Supplies and postage expenses | 790 | 814 | (24 | ) | (3 | )% | |||||||||
OREO fair value adjustment | 500 | — | 500 | 100 | % | ||||||||||
Investment advisory and custodial expenses | 451 | 402 | 49 | 12 | % | ||||||||||
Other operating expenses | 3,641 | 3,391 | 250 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Total non-interest expense | $ | 45,681 | $ | 42,708 | $ | 2,973 | 7 | % | |||||||
62
The increase in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due to the personnel costs necessary to support the Company’s strategic growth initiatives, as well as salary adjustments since the prior period and increased expenses for the company-wide profit sharing plan.
Technology and telecommunications expenses increased due primarily to growth and expansion costs to support the Company’s strategic initiatives, including the costs of a back-up data center, put into operation in 2010. The Company continually invests in technology initiatives to provide our customers with new product features, in addition to investments to maintain data security and improve overall efficiency.
Advertising and public relations expenses increased due primarily to costs which supported the Company’s expansion and business development efforts, including costs associated with the Bank’s second annual Celebration of Excellence which recognized local businesses and individuals for their commitment to the communities we serve.
Deposit insurance premiums decreased due to the special assessment in 2009, partially offset by deposit growth. See the discussion under the heading “Deposit Insurance” contained in Item 1, “Business”, under the heading “Supervision and Regulation”, for further information regarding the Company’s deposit insurance assessment.
The increase in OREO fair value adjustment relates to the write-down of one property in the fourth quarter of 2010.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $5.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was 32.3%, and 28.8%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the diminished impact of non-taxable income from certain tax-exempt assets on higher levels of earnings in 2010.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the Financial Accountings Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU") No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Company will implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. As this ASU primarily deals with disclosure requirements and the Company has no material netting arrangements, this adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. The ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2011-08 as of December 31, 2011, the adoption did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. The FASB decided to defer the effective date of those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate only to the presentation of reclassification adjustments in the statement of income by issuing ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive income in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05. The amendments in this Update are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As this ASU only deals with presentation requirements, its adoption in January 2012, is not expected to have any impact on the Company's financial position.
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt
63
Restructuring,” an amendment to the Troubled Debt Restructuring topic (Topic 310) of the ASC. This amendment offers additional guidance and clarification to help creditors determine if the two criteria for classifying a restructure as a trouble debt restructuring have been met. Additionally, the ASU No 2011-02 requires retrospective disclosures by portfolio segment of qualitative and quantitative information regarding troubled debt restructures occurring on or after the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The effective date of ASU No. 2011-02, was the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-02 in July 2011 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements. See Note 5, "Allowance for Loan Losses" to the consolidated financial statements contained int Item 8 below, for the disclosures required by ASU 2011-02.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. The amendments in this Update are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 in January 2012 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company expects that the adoption of ASU 2010-28 in January 2012 will not have an impact on its financial statements.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The Company’s asset and liability structure is substantially different from that of an industrial company in that virtually all assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. Management believes the impact of inflation on financial results depends upon the Company’s ability to react to changes in interest rates and by such reaction, reduce the inflationary impact on performance. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or at the same magnitude, as the prices of other goods and services. As discussed previously, management seeks to manage the relationship between interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to protect against wide net interest income fluctuations, including those resulting from inflation.
Various information shown elsewhere in this annual report will assist in the understanding of how well the Company is positioned to react to changing interest rates and inflationary trends. In particular additional information related to the net interest margin sensitivity analysis is contained in Item 7A below and other maturity and repricing information of the Company’s investment securities, certificates of deposits and borrowed funds is contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “Financial Condition” in this report.
64
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
Interest Margin Sensitivity Analysis
The Company's primary market risk is interest rate risk. Oversight of interest rate risk management is centered on the ALCO. ALCO is comprised of six outside directors of the Company and three executive officers of the Company, who are also members of the Board of Directors. In addition, several directors who are not on ALCO rotate in on a regular basis. Annually, ALCO reviews and approves the Company's asset-liability management policy, which provides management with guidelines for controlling interest rate risk, as measured through net interest income sensitivity to changes in interest rates, within certain tolerance levels. ALCO also establishes and monitors guidelines for the Company's liquidity and capital ratios.
The Company's asset-liability management strategies and guidelines are reviewed on a periodic basis by management and presented and discussed with ALCO on at least a quarterly basis. These strategies and guidelines are revised based on changes in interest rate levels, general economic conditions, competition in the marketplace, the current interest rate risk position of the Company, anticipated growth and other factors.
One of the principal factors in maintaining planned levels of net interest income is the ability to design effective strategies to manage the impact of interest rate changes on future net interest income. Quarterly, management completes a net interest income sensitivity analysis, which is presented to the committee. This analysis includes a simulation of the Company's net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. Variations in the interest rate environment affect numerous factors, including prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, maturities of investments (due to call provisions), and interest rates on various asset and liability accounts.
The Company can be subject to net interest margin (“margin”) compression depending on the economic environment and the shape of the yield curve. Under the Company's current balance sheet position, the Company's margin generally performs slightly better over time in a rising rate environment, while it generally decreases in a declining rate environment and when the yield curve is flattening or inverted.
Under a flattening yield curve scenario, margin compression occurs as the spread between the cost of funding and the yield on interest earning assets narrows. Under this scenario the degree of margin compression is highly dependent on the Company's ability to fund asset growth through lower cost deposits. However, if the curve is flattening, while short-term rates are rising, the adverse impact on margin may be somewhat delayed, as increases in the Prime Rate will initially result in the Company's asset yields re-pricing more quickly than funding costs.
Under an inverted yield curve situation, shorter-term rates exceed longer-term rates, and the impact on margin is similar but more adverse than the flat curve scenario. Again, however, the extent of the impact on margin is highly dependent on the Company's balance sheet mix.
In a declining rate environment, margin compression will eventually occur as the yield on interest earning assets decreases more rapidly than decreases in funding costs. The primary causes would be the impact of interest rate decreases (including decreases in the Prime Rate) on adjustable rate loans and the fact that decreases in deposit rates may be limited or lag decreases in the Prime Rate.
The Company's margin improved in 2010, as cost of funds continued to decline due to the extended duration of the low rate environment, while the yield on certain assets tied to the Prime Rate had already repriced downward. Net interest margin remained somewhat stable in 2011 as the cost of funds is approaching a floor. If loans continue to re-price downward while the cost of deposits remain at the same level margin compression may occur.
At December 31, 2011, management continues to consider the Company's primary interest rate risk exposure to be margin compression that may result from changes in interest rates and/or changes in the mix of the Company's balance sheet components. This would include the mix of fixed versus variable rate loans and investments on the asset side, and higher cost versus lower cost deposits and overnight borrowings versus term borrowings and certificates of deposit on the liability side.
65
The following table summarizes the projected cumulative net interest income for a 24-month period as of December 31, 2011, assuming a parallel yield curve shift and gradual interest rate changes applied over the period. Although, net interest income is projected to decline slightly over a 24 month period if rates rise, it is projected to increase in the long-term as adjustable rate loans re-price.
December 31, 2011 | ||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Rates Unchanged | Rates Rise 200 BP | ||||||
Interest Earning Assets: | ||||||||
Loans | $ | 125,332 | $ | 136,855 | ||||
Collateralized mortgage obligations and other mortgage backed securities | 2,078 | 2,352 | ||||||
Other investments | 3,788 | 4,202 | ||||||
Total interest income | 131,198 | 143,409 | ||||||
Interest Earning Liabilities: | ||||||||
Certificates of deposit | 5,262 | 8,982 | ||||||
Interest bearing checking, money market, savings | 6,512 | 15,241 | ||||||
Borrowed funds | 72 | 196 | ||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 2,356 | 2,356 | ||||||
Total interest expense | 14,202 | 26,775 | ||||||
Net interest income | $ | 116,996 | $ | 116,634 | ||||
66
Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page | |
67
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands) | December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | ||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents: | ||||||||
Cash and due from banks | $ | 30,231 | $ | 26,295 | ||||
Interest-bearing deposits | 6,785 | 9,688 | ||||||
Fed funds sold | 2,115 | 19,023 | ||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents | 39,131 | 55,006 | ||||||
Investment securities | 140,405 | 142,060 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock | 4,740 | 4,740 | ||||||
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $23,160 and $19,415 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively | 1,227,329 | 1,123,931 | ||||||
Premises and equipment | 27,310 | 24,924 | ||||||
Accrued interest receivable | 5,821 | 5,532 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes, net | 12,411 | 11,039 | ||||||
Bank-owned life insurance | 14,937 | 14,397 | ||||||
Prepaid income taxes | 287 | 379 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | 11,136 | 9,657 | ||||||
Goodwill | 5,656 | 5,656 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 1,489,163 | $ | 1,397,321 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||
Deposits | $ | 1,333,158 | $ | 1,244,071 | ||||
Borrowed funds | 4,494 | 15,541 | ||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | 10,825 | ||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 12,487 | 9,297 | ||||||
Accrued interest payable | 751 | 914 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 1,361,715 | 1,280,648 | ||||||
Commitments and Contingencies | ||||||||
Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued | — | — | ||||||
Common stock $0.01 par value per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 9,472,748 and 9,290,465 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 respectively | 95 | 93 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 45,158 | 42,590 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 78,999 | 72,000 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income | 3,196 | 1,990 | ||||||
Total stockholders’ equity | 127,448 | 116,673 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | 1,489,163 | $ | 1,397,321 | ||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Interest and dividend income: | ||||||||||||
Loans | $ | 63,363 | $ | 60,847 | $ | 57,393 | ||||||
Investment securities | 3,539 | 4,112 | 4,853 | |||||||||
Other interest-bearing assets | 67 | 72 | 96 | |||||||||
Total interest and dividend income | 66,969 | 65,031 | 62,342 | |||||||||
Interest expense: | ||||||||||||
Deposits | 7,379 | 8,716 | 12,480 | |||||||||
Borrowed funds | 87 | 167 | 239 | |||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 1,177 | 1,177 | 1,177 | |||||||||
Total interest expense | 8,643 | 10,060 | 13,896 | |||||||||
Net interest income | 58,326 | 54,971 | 48,446 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses | 5,197 | 5,137 | 4,846 | |||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | 53,129 | 49,834 | 43,600 | |||||||||
Non-interest income: | ||||||||||||
Investment advisory fees | 3,728 | 3,424 | 2,825 | |||||||||
Deposit service fees | 4,458 | 4,154 | 3,881 | |||||||||
Income on bank-owned life insurance | 650 | 654 | 630 | |||||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | (797 | ) | ||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | 791 | 875 | 1,487 | |||||||||
Gains on sales of loans | 687 | 713 | 612 | |||||||||
Other income | 1,753 | 1,749 | 1,634 | |||||||||
Total non-interest income | 12,064 | 11,561 | 10,272 | |||||||||
Non-interest expense: | ||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits | 28,671 | 26,205 | 24,418 | |||||||||
Occupancy and equipment expenses | 5,485 | 5,146 | 5,221 | |||||||||
Technology and telecommunications expenses | 3,886 | 3,692 | 3,133 | |||||||||
Advertising and public relations expenses | 2,661 | 2,204 | 1,941 | |||||||||
Deposit insurance premiums | 1,319 | 1,874 | 2,161 | |||||||||
Audit, legal and other professional fees | 1,393 | 1,178 | 1,227 | |||||||||
Supplies and postage expenses | 882 | 790 | 814 | |||||||||
OREO fair value adjustment | — | 500 | — | |||||||||
Investment advisory and custodial expenses | 412 | 451 | 402 | |||||||||
Other operating expenses | 4,379 | 3,641 | 3,391 | |||||||||
Total non-interest expense | 49,088 | 45,681 | 42,708 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes | 16,105 | 15,714 | 11,164 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes | 5,161 | 5,074 | 3,218 | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 10,944 | $ | 10,640 | $ | 7,946 | ||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 1.16 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 0.96 | ||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 1.16 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 0.96 | ||||||
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding | 9,401,714 | 9,216,524 | 8,268,502 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding | 9,445,725 | 9,221,257 | 8,279,126 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Common Stock | Additional Paid-in Capital | Retained Earnings | Comprehensive Income/(Loss) | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) | Total Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 | 8,025,239 | $ | 80 | $ | 29,698 | $ | 60,200 | $ | 1,126 | $ | 91,104 | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income | 7,946 | $ | 7,946 | 7,946 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net | 952 | 952 | 952 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | $ | 8,898 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options | 13 | 13 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock dividend paid ($0.38 per share) | (3,104 | ) | (3,104 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued | 920,116 | 10 | 9,837 | 9,847 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | 96,063 | 1 | 683 | 684 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 49,100 | — | 222 | 222 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2009 | 9,090,518 | $ | 91 | $ | 40,453 | $ | 65,042 | $ | 2,078 | $ | 107,664 | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income | 10,640 | $ | 10,640 | 10,640 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net | (88 | ) | (88 | ) | (88 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | $ | 10,552 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock dividend paid ($0.40 per share) | (3,682 | ) | (3,682 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued under dividend reinvestment plan | 105,732 | 1 | 1,197 | 1,198 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | 93,684 | 1 | 935 | 936 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 531 | — | 5 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 | 9,290,465 | $ | 93 | $ | 42,590 | $ | 72,000 | $ | 1,990 | $ | 116,673 | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Income | 10,944 | $ | 10,944 | 10,944 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net | 1,206 | 1,206 | 1,206 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | $ | 12,150 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options | 4 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock dividend paid ($0.42 per share) | (3,945 | ) | (3,945 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock issued under dividend reinvestment plan | 84,760 | 1 | 1,253 | 1,254 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | 72,405 | 1 | 1,002 | 1,003 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 25,118 | 309 | 309 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 | 9,472,748 | $ | 95 | $ | 45,158 | $ | 78,999 | $ | 3,196 | $ | 127,448 | ||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
70
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 10,944 | $ | 10,640 | $ | 7,946 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses | 5,197 | 5,137 | 4,846 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 4,125 | 3,809 | 3,249 | |||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets | — | 76 | 133 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense | 1,035 | 880 | 707 | |||||||||
Mortgage loans originated for sale | (35,717 | ) | (50,030 | ) | (56,501 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from mortgage loans sold | 37,751 | 44,713 | 58,331 | |||||||||
Gains on sales of loans | (687 | ) | (713 | ) | (612 | ) | ||||||
Gains on sales of OREO | — | (120 | ) | — | ||||||||
Net gains on sales of investments | (791 | ) | (875 | ) | (1,487 | ) | ||||||
Other-than-temporary-impairment of investments | 3 | 8 | 797 | |||||||||
Income on bank-owned life insurance, net of costs | (540 | ) | (562 | ) | (545 | ) | ||||||
OREO fair value adjustment | — | 500 | — | |||||||||
Changes in: | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable | (289 | ) | (164 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | (824 | ) | (831 | ) | (1,754 | ) | ||||||
Deferred income taxes | (2,039 | ) | (659 | ) | (1,536 | ) | ||||||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 2,448 | 673 | 1,111 | |||||||||
Accrued interest payable | (163 | ) | (406 | ) | (529 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 20,453 | 12,076 | 14,145 | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of investment securities | 11,344 | 5,844 | 40,989 | |||||||||
Proceeds from maturities, calls and pay-downs of investment securities | 55,746 | 48,484 | 52,825 | |||||||||
Purchase of investment securities | (63,085 | ) | (67,343 | ) | (65,775 | ) | ||||||
Net increase in loans | (111,162 | ) | (60,101 | ) | (138,364 | ) | ||||||
Additions to premises and equipment, net | (5,433 | ) | (5,429 | ) | (4,427 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from OREO sales and payments | 600 | 1,556 | 632 | |||||||||
Purchase of OREO | — | — | (340 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (111,990 | ) | (76,989 | ) | (114,460 | ) | ||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||||||
Net increase in deposits | 89,087 | 99,123 | 197,045 | |||||||||
Net decrease in borrowed funds | (11,047 | ) | (9,335 | ) | (96,374 | ) | ||||||
Cash dividends paid | (3,945 | ) | (3,682 | ) | (3,104 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock | 1,254 | 1,198 | 9,847 | |||||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options | 309 | 5 | 222 | |||||||||
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options | 4 | — | 13 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 75,662 | 87,309 | 107,649 | |||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | (15,875 | ) | 22,396 | 7,334 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 55,006 | 32,610 | 25,276 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | $ | 39,131 | $ | 55,006 | $ | 32,610 | ||||||
Supplemental financial data: | ||||||||||||
Cash paid for: Interest | $ | 7,542 | $ | 10,466 | $ | 14,425 | ||||||
Cash paid for: Income taxes | 7,112 | 6,227 | 3,627 | |||||||||
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing activity: | ||||||||||||
Purchase of investment securities not yet settled | — | — | 5,688 | |||||||||
Transfer from loans to other real estate owned | 1,220 | 1,675 | 1,060 | |||||||||
Capital expenditures incurred not yet paid | 710 | — | — | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
71
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(1) | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
(a) Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or “Enterprise”) include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary Enterprise Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Massachusetts trust company organized in 1989. Substantially all of the Company’s operations are conducted through the Bank.
The Bank has five wholly owned subsidiaries. The Bank’s subsidiaries include Enterprise Insurance Services, LLC, organized for the purposes of engaging in insurance sales activities, and Enterprise Investment Services, LLC, organized for the purposes of offering non-deposit investment products and services, under the name of "Enterprise Financial Services." In addition, the Bank has three subsidiary security corporations (Enterprise Security Corporation, Enterprise Security Corporation II, and Enterprise Security Corporation III), which hold various types of qualifying securities. The security corporations are limited to conducting securities investment activities that the Bank itself would be allowed to conduct under applicable laws.
Through the Bank and its subsidiaries, the Company offers a range of commercial and consumer loan products, deposit and cash management products, investment advisory and management, trust and insurance services. The services offered through the Bank and subsidiaries are managed as one strategic unit and represent the Company’s only reportable operating segment.
Pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (originally issued as Financial Interpretation No. 46R) in December 2003, the Company carries, as a liability on its consolidated financial statements, $10.8 million, along with related interest expense, of Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by a statutory business trust (the "Trust") created by the Company in March 2000 under the laws of Delaware, and $10.5 million of trust preferred securities issued by the Trust, and the related non-interest expense, are excluded from the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC’) and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) have regulatory authority over the Bank. The Bank is also subject to certain regulatory requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) and, with respect to its New Hampshire branch operations, the New Hampshire Banking Department.
The business and operations of the Company are subject to the regulatory oversight of the Federal Reserve Board. The Commissioner also retains supervisory jurisdiction over the Company.
In preparing the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), management is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, estimates and assumptions to be utilized. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and income and expenses for the years then ended. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing change in the economic environment and other factors will be reflected in the financial statements and results of operations in future periods. The three most significant areas in which management applies critical assumptions and estimates are the estimate of the allowance for loan losses, impairment review of investment securities and the impairment review of goodwill.
The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been prepared in accordance with the instructions for Form 10-K through the rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under federal securities law. In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all necessary adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals for a fair presentation. All significant intercompany balances and transactions
72
have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(b) Reclassification
Certain previous years' amounts in consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(c) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash equivalents are defined as highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and present insignificant risk of changes in value due to changes in interest rates. The Company's cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits (deposit, money market, and money market mutual funds accounts) and overnight and term federal funds sold ("fed funds"). Balances in cash and cash equivalents will fluctuate resulting primarily from the timing of deposit, borrowing and loan inflows and outflows, investment purchases and maturities, calls and sales proceeds, and the immediate liquidity needs of the Company.
The Company earns returns on excess cash by investing in short-term investments. The Company’s short-term investments may consist of investments carried as both cash equivalents and non-cash equivalents. Short-term investments not carried as cash equivalents would be classified as “other short-term investments.” The Company had no “other short-term investments” at December 31, 2011 or 2010.
(d) Investments
Investments that are intended to be held for indefinite periods of time but which may not be held to maturity or on a long-term basis are considered to be “available for sale” and are carried at fair value. Net unrealized appreciation and depreciation on investments available for sale, net of applicable income taxes, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Included as available for sale are securities that are purchased in connection with the Company’s asset-liability risk management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, resultant prepayment risk and other related factors. In instances where the Company has the positive intent to hold investment securities to maturity, investment securities will be classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. The Bank is required to purchase Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”) stock in association with outstanding advances from the FHLB; this restricted stock investment is carried at cost on the balance sheet as a separate line item. As of the balance sheet dates all of the Company’s investment securities (with the exception of restricted FHLB stock) were classified as available for sale and carried at fair value.
There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s investment activities which could adversely impact the fair market value and the ultimate collectability of the Company’s investments. Management regularly reviews the portfolio for securities with unrealized losses that are other than temporarily impaired. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) involves a high degree of judgment and requires management to make significant estimates of current market risks and future trends. Management's assessment includes: evaluating the level and duration of the loss on individual securities; evaluating the credit quality of fixed income issuers; determining if any individual security or mutual fund or other fund exhibits fundamental deterioration; and estimating whether it is unlikely that the individual security or fund will completely recover its unrealized loss within a reasonable period of time, or in the case of fixed income securities prior to maturity. While management uses available information to measure OTTI at the balance sheet date, future write-downs may be necessary based on extended duration of current unrealized losses, changing market conditions, or circumstances surrounding individual issuers and funds.
Should an investment be deemed “other than temporarily impaired,” the Company is required to write-down the carrying value of the investment. Such write-down(s) may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Other than temporary impairment on equity securities are recognized through a charge to earnings. Other than temporary impairment on fixed income securities are assessed in order to determine the impairment attributed to underlying credit quality of the issuer and the portion of noncredit impairment. When there are credit losses on a fixed income security that management does not intend to sell and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell prior to a marketplace recovery or maturity, the portion of the total
73
impairment that is attributable to the credit loss would be recognized in earnings, and the remaining difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value would be included in other comprehensive income. Once written-down, a security may not be written-up in excess of its new cost basis to reflect future increases in market prices. Any OTTI charges, depending upon the magnitude of the charges, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Investment securities’ discounts are accreted and premiums are amortized over the period of estimated principal repayment using methods that approximate the interest method.
Gains or losses on the sale of investment securities are recognized on the trade date on a specific identification basis.
(e) Loans
Loans made by the Company to businesses include commercial mortgage loans, construction and land development loans, secured and unsecured commercial loans and lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. The Company also originates equipment lease financing for businesses. Loans made to individuals include conventional residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines, residential construction loans on primary residences, secured and unsecured personal loans and lines of credit. Most loans granted by the Company are collateralized by real estate or equipment and/or are guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. The ability and willingness of the single family residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity and real estate values within the borrowers’ geographic areas. The ability and willingness of commercial real estate, commercial and construction loan borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the health of the real estate sector in the borrowers’ geographic areas and the general economy, among other factors.
Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination fees and costs. The aggregate amount of overdrawn deposit accounts are reclassified as loan balances. Loan origination fees received, offset by direct loan origination costs, are deferred and amortized using the straight line method over three to five years for lines of credit and demand notes or over the life of the related loans using the level-yield method for all other types of loans. When loans are paid off, the unamortized fees and costs are recognized as an adjustment to interest income.
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate amortized cost or market value. All loans sold are currently sold without recourse, subject to an early payment default period covering the first four payments for certain loan sales. When loans are sold, a gain or loss is recognized to the extent that the sales proceeds plus unamortized fees and costs exceed, or are less than, the carrying value of the loans. Gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method.
(f) Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio as of the specified balance sheet dates. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, a direct charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged-off are credited to the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance at a level that it deems adequate to absorb probable losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio.
The Company uses a systematic methodology to measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the portfolio for purposes of establishing a sufficient allowance for loan losses. The methodology uses a two-tiered approach that makes use of specific reserves for loans individually evaluated and deemed impaired and general reserves for larger groups of homogeneous loans.
On a quarterly basis, the Company prepares an estimate of the allowance necessary to cover estimated credit risk inherent in the portfolio as of the specified balance sheet dates. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed and evaluated on a regular basis by an internal management committee, a sub-committee of the Board of Directors and the full Board itself.
74
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on judgments different from those of management.
See Note 5, "Allowance for Loan Losses," for additional accounting policies related to non-accrual, impaired and troubled debt restructured loans. and to the allowance for loan losses.
(g) Other Real Estate Owned
Real estate acquired by the Company through foreclosure proceedings or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). When property is acquired, it is generally recorded at the lesser of the loan’s remaining principal balance, net of unamortized deferred fees, or the estimated fair value of the property acquired, less estimated costs to sell. The estimated fair value is based on market appraisals and the Company’s internal analysis. Any loan balance in excess of the estimated realizable fair value on the date of transfer is charged to the allowance for loan losses on that date. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property, as well as subsequent declines in fair value are charged to non-interest expense.
(h) Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation or amortization is computed on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the respective lease term (with reasonably assured renewal options) for leasehold improvements generally as follows:
Buildings, renovations and leasehold improvements | 10 to 39 years | |
Computer software and equipment | 3 to 5 years | |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment | 3 to 10 years | |
(i) Bank Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) on certain current and former senior and executive officers. The cash surrender value carried on the balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 amounted to $14.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively. There are no associated surrender charges under the outstanding policies.
(j) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment on an ongoing basis or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is recognized through a charge to earnings. Impairment losses on assets disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less cost of disposal.
(k) Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible Assets
Goodwill carried on the Company’s consolidated financial statements was $5.7 million at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. This asset is related to the Company’s acquisition of two branch offices in July 2000.
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company does not amortize goodwill and instead, at least annually, evaluates whether the carrying value of goodwill has become impaired. Impairment of the goodwill may occur when the estimated fair value of the Company is less than its recorded value. A determination that goodwill has become impaired results in an immediate write-down of goodwill to its determined value with a resulting charge to
75
operations.
The annual impairment test begins with a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount. The assessment is performed at the operating unit level. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform a two-step impairment test. In the case of the Company, the services offered through the Bank and subsidiaries are managed as one strategic unit and represent the Company’s only reportable operating segment.
Management's qualitative assessment takes into consideration macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost or margin factors, financial performance and share price. Based on this assessment, the Company determined that it is not "more likely than not" that the Company's fair value is less than its carrying amount and therefore goodwill was not considered to be impaired at December 31, 2011.
If the Company's qualitative assessment concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it must perform the two-step impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, or the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit equals or exceeds its book value, goodwill is considered not impaired, and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary.
The second step, if necessary, measures the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. The reporting unit must determine fair values for all assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. The net of the assigned fair value of assets and liabilities is then compared to the book value of the reporting unit, and any excess book value becomes the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the newly calculated implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in the amount required to write down the goodwill to the implied fair value.
Prior to December 31, 2010, the Company’s consolidated financial statements also included intangible assets (core deposit intangibles) related to the same branch acquisitions in 2000, which were amortized to expense over their estimated useful life of ten years and reviewed for impairment on an ongoing basis or whenever events or changes in business circumstances warrant a review of the carrying value. The Company had no impairment related write-down of the intangible asset’s carrying value charged to operations during its life. This asset was fully amortized during 2010. Amortization expense related to core deposit intangible assets was $76 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(l) Investment Assets Under Management
Investment assets under management, consisting of assets managed through Enterprise Investment Advisors and Enterprise Financial Services and the commercial sweep product, totaled $505.2 million and $493.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Fee income is reported on an accrual basis. Securities and other property held in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not included in the consolidated balance sheets because they are not assets of the Company.
(m) Derivatives
The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in its balance sheet and measures those instruments at fair market value. Interest rate lock commitments related to the origination of mortgage loans that will be sold are considered derivative instruments. The commitments to sell loans are also considered derivative instruments. These commitments represent the Company’s only derivative instruments. Depending on the current interest rate environment, management projections of future interest rates and the overall asset-liability management program of the Company, management may elect to sell those fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans which are eligible for sale in the secondary market, or hold this residential loan production for the Company’s portfolio. The Company generally does not pool mortgage loans for sale but instead sells the loans on an individual basis. The Company may retain or sell the servicing when selling these loans. The Company estimates the fair value
76
of these derivatives using the difference between the guaranteed interest rate in the commitment and the current market interest rate. To reduce the net interest rate exposure arising from its loan sale activity, the Company enters into the commitment to sell these loans at essentially the same time that the interest rate lock commitment is quoted on the origination of the loan. The estimated fair values of these derivative instruments are based on changes in current market rates.
At December 31, 2011, and 2010 the estimated fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments were considered to be immaterial.
(n) FDIC Deposit Insurance Assessment
The Company’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) up to the maximum amount provided by law. The FDIC, in order to restore the DIF reserves, required all insured institutions to make a one-time prepayment, on December 30, 2009, of estimated insurance assessments for 2010, 2011 and 2012. At December 31, 2011, the Company carried the remaining balance of its prepaid assessment totaling $2.9 million as a prepaid asset on its balance sheet.
The FDIC has redefined its deposit insurance premium assessment base to be an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity as required by the Dodd-Frank Act and revised deposit insurance assessment rate schedules in light of the changes to the assessment base. The revised rate schedule and other revisions to the assessment rules became effective April 1, 2011 and has resulted in a decrease in the Company's deposit insurance expense.
The FDIC retains the ability to impose additional special assessments or implement future changes to the assessment rate, payment schedules or pursuant various aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act.
(o) Stock Based Compensation
The Company’s financial statements include stock-based compensation expense for the portion of stock option awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and restricted stock awards for which the requisite service has been rendered during the period. The compensation expense has been estimated based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards, or in the case of restricted stock awards, the market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The Company will recognize the remaining estimated compensation expense for the portion of outstanding awards and compensation expense for any future awards, net of estimated forfeitures, as the requisite service is rendered (i.e., on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of each award). Stock awards that do not require future service (“vested awards”) will be expensed immediately.
(p) Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities will be adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes.
The Company’s policy is to classify interest resulting from underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense in the first period the interest would begin accruing according to the provisions of the relevant tax law. The Company classifies penalties resulting from underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense in the period for which the Company claims or expects to claim an uncertain tax position or in the period in which the Company’s judgment changes regarding an uncertain tax position.
The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits accrued as income tax liabilities or receivables or as
77
deferred tax items at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. The Company’s tax years beginning after December 31, 2005 are open to federal and state income tax examinations.
(q) Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the effect on weighted average shares outstanding of the number of additional shares outstanding if dilutive stock options were converted into common stock using the treasury stock method.
The table below presents the increase in average shares outstanding, using the treasury stock method, for the diluted earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31st and the effect of those shares on earnings:
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding | 9,401,714 | 9,216,524 | 8,268,502 | |||||||||
Dilutive shares | 44,011 | 4,733 | 10,624 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding | 9,445,725 | 9,221,257 | 8,279,126 | |||||||||
Basic Earnings per share | $ | 1.16 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 0.96 | ||||||
Effect of dilutive shares | — | — | — | |||||||||
Diluted Earnings per share | $ | 1.16 | $ | 1.15 | $ | 0.96 | ||||||
At December 31, 2011 and 2010 there were 131,824 and 685,183 average outstanding stock options, respectively, which were excluded from the calculations of diluted earnings per share above, due to the exercise price exceeding the average market price of the Company’s common stock. These options, which were not dilutive at that date, may potentially dilute earnings per share in the future.
(r) Reporting Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is defined as all changes to equity except investments by and distributions to stockholders. Net income is one component of comprehensive income, with other components referred to in the aggregate as other comprehensive income. The Company’s only other comprehensive income component is the net unrealized holding gains or losses on investments available for sale, net of deferred income taxes.
78
The following table summarized the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated:
Disclosure of other comprehensive income (loss): | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Gross unrealized holding gains arising during the period | $ | 2,670 | $ | 761 | $ | 2,201 | ||||||
Income tax expense | (953 | ) | (284 | ) | (806 | ) | ||||||
Net unrealized holding gains, net of tax | 1,717 | 477 | 1,395 | |||||||||
Less: Reclassification adjustment for impairment included in net income: | ||||||||||||
Other than temporary impairment loss arising during the period | (3 | ) | (8 | ) | (797 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit | 1 | 3 | 271 | |||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for impairment realized, net of tax | (2 | ) | (5 | ) | (526 | ) | ||||||
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income: | ||||||||||||
Net realized gains on sales of securities during the period | 791 | 875 | 1,487 | |||||||||
Income tax expense | (278 | ) | (305 | ) | (518 | ) | ||||||
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized, net of tax | 513 | 570 | 969 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications | $ | 1,206 | $ | (88 | ) | $ | 952 | |||||
(s) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the Financial Accountings Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU") No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Company will implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. As this ASU primarily deals with disclosure requirements and the Company has no material netting arrangements, this adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This ASU permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. The ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2011-08 as of December 31, 2011, and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. The FASB decided to defer the effective date of those changes in ASU 2011-05 that relate only to the presentation of reclassification adjustments in the statement of income by issuing ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive income in Accounting Standards Update 2011-05. The amendments in this Update are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As this ASU only deals with presentation requirements, its adoption in January 2012, is not expected to have any impact on the Company's financial position.
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled
79
Debt Restructuring,” an amendment to the Troubled Debt Restructuring topic (Topic 310) of the ASC. This amendment offers additional guidance and clarification to help creditors determine if the two criteria for classifying a restructure as a trouble debt restructuring have been met. Additionally, the ASU No 2011-02 requires retrospective disclosures by portfolio segment of qualitative and quantitative information regarding troubled debt restructures occurring on or after the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The effective date of ASU No. 2011-02, was the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-02 in July 2011 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements. See Note 5, "Allowance for Loan Losses" to these consolidated financial statements, for the disclosures required by ASU 2011-02.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. The amendments in this Update are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 in January 2012 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company expects that the adoption of ASU 2010-28 in January 2012 will not have an impact on its financial statements.
(2) | Investments |
The amortized cost and fair values of investments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:
2011 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amortized cost | Unrealized gains | Unrealized losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Federal Agency Obligations(1) | $ | 40,206 | $ | 191 | $ | — | $ | 40,397 | ||||||||
Federal Agency mortgage backed securities (MBS)(1) | 38,275 | 1,416 | 3 | 39,688 | ||||||||||||
Municipal securities | 48,393 | 2,821 | 5 | 51,209 | ||||||||||||
Certificates of Deposit (2) | 2,149 | — | 2 | 2,147 | ||||||||||||
Total fixed income securities | 129,023 | 4,428 | 10 | 133,441 | ||||||||||||
Equity investments | 6,405 | 804 | 245 | 6,964 | ||||||||||||
Total available for sale investments, at fair value | $ | 135,428 | $ | 5,232 | $ | 255 | $ | 140,405 | ||||||||
Included in federal agency MBS were Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO’s”) with fair value totaling $21.8 million at December 31, 2011.
80
2010 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amortized cost | Unrealized gains | Unrealized losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Federal Agency Obligations(1) | $ | 41,149 | $ | 55 | $ | 264 | $ | 40,940 | ||||||||
Federal Agency mortgage backed securities (MBS)(1) | 41,581 | 1,056 | 112 | 42,525 | ||||||||||||
Non-agency CMO’s | 2,386 | 53 | — | 2,439 | ||||||||||||
Municipal securities | 50,576 | 1,109 | 96 | 51,589 | ||||||||||||
Total fixed income securities | 135,692 | 2,273 | 472 | 137,493 | ||||||||||||
Equity investments | 3,273 | 1,300 | 6 | 4,567 | ||||||||||||
Total available for sales investments, at fair value | $ | 138,965 | $ | 3,573 | $ | 478 | $ | 142,060 | ||||||||
Included in federal agency MBS were CMO’s with fair values totaling $26.0 million December 31, 2010.
(1) | These categories may include investments issued or guaranteed by government sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae (FNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC), Ginnie Mae (GNMA), Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB), or one of several Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). All agency MBS/CMO investments owned by the Company are backed by residential mortgages. |
(2) | Certificates of Deposits ("CD") represent term deposits issued by banks and purchased on the open market. |
The following tables summarize investments having temporary impairment, due to the fair market values having declined below the amortized costs of the individual investments, and the period that the investments have been impaired at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Agency Obligations | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||||||
Federal agency MBS | 3,184 | 3 | — | — | 3,184 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Municipal securities | 2,258 | 5 | — | — | 2,258 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of Deposit | 2,147 | 2 | — | — | 2,147 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity investments | 4,225 | 237 | 92 | 8 | 4,317 | 245 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired investments | $ | 11,814 | $ | 247 | $ | 92 | $ | 8 | $ | 11,906 | $ | 255 | ||||||||||||
2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
Federal Agency Obligations | $ | 25,815 | $ | 264 | — | — | $ | 25,815 | $ | 264 | ||||||||||||||
Federal agency MBS | 9,456 | 112 | — | — | 9,456 | 112 | ||||||||||||||||||
Municipal securities | 9,386 | 96 | — | — | 9,386 | 96 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity investments | 94 | 6 | — | — | 94 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total temporarily impaired investments | $ | 44,751 | $ | 478 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 44,751 | $ | 478 | ||||||||||||
See Note 13, “Fair Values Measurements,” for additional information regarding the Company’s fair value measurement of investments.
The net unrealized gain or loss in the Company’s fixed income portfolio fluctuates as market interest rates rise and
81
fall. Due to the fixed rate nature of this portfolio, as market rates fall the value of the portfolio rises, and as market rates rise, the value of the portfolio declines. The unrealized gains or losses on fixed income investments will also decline as the securities approach maturity. Unrealized gains or losses will be recognized in the statements of income if the securities are sold. However, if an unrealized loss on the fixed income portfolio is deemed to be other than temporary the credit loss portion is charged to earnings and the noncredit portion is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Net unrealized appreciation and depreciation on investments available for sale, net of applicable income taxes, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2011, the unrealized losses on the federal agency MBS investments were limited to one individual security, which was attributed to market interest rate volatility. The contractual cash flows of this investment is guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government, and the agency that issued this security is sponsored by the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that the security would not be settled at a price less than the par value of the Company’s investment. The Company does not consider this investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011, because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rate and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to, sell those investments prior to a market price recovery or maturity.
As of December 31, 2011, the unrealized losses on the Company’s municipal securities were related to four
obligations and were attributed to market interest rate volatility and not a fundamental deterioration in the issuers. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011 based on management’s assessment of these investments including a review of market pricing and ongoing credit evaluations. In addition, the Company does not intend to, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to, sell these investments prior to a market price recovery or maturity.
The net unrealized gain or loss on equity securities will fluctuate based on changes in the market value of the mutual funds and individual securities held in the portfolio. Unrealized gains or losses will be recognized in the statements of income if the securities are sold. However, if an unrealized loss on an equity security is deemed to be other than temporary prior to a sale, the loss is charged to earnings.
At December 31, 2011, the equity portfolio consisted primarily of investments in a diversified group of mutual funds, with a small portion of the portfolio (approximately 16%) invested in exchange traded funds and individual common stock of entities in the financial services industry. At December 31, 2011, after the minor impairment charge discussed below, the Company’s equity portfolio had thirteen securities with total unrealized losses of $245 thousand, which were short term in nature. Management regularly reviews the portfolio for securities with unrealized losses that are other than temporarily impaired. Management’s assessment includes evaluating if any equity security or fund exhibits fundamental deterioration and whether it is unlikely that the security or fund will completely recover its unrealized loss within a reasonable time period. In determining the amount of the other than temporary impairment charge, management considers the severity of the declines and the uncertainty of recovery in the short-term for these equities. Based upon this review, the Company did not consider these equity investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.
During 2011, the Company recorded fair market value impairment charges of $3 thousand on a previously impaired investment contained in its equity portfolio, to reflect the impact of declines in the equity markets during the period. During 2011, the Company sold $388 thousand of previously impaired equity funds and recognized gains of $207 thousand.
82
The contractual maturity distribution of total fixed income investments, excluding CDs which mature in less than a year, at December 31, 2011 is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | Amortized cost | Percent | Fair Value | Percent | ||||||||||
Within one year | $ | 8,923 | 7.0 | % | $ | 8,977 | 6.8 | % | ||||||
After one but within five years | 47,591 | 37.5 | % | 48,141 | 36.7 | % | ||||||||
After five but within ten years | 34,558 | 27.3 | % | 36,496 | 27.8 | % | ||||||||
After ten years | 35,802 | 28.2 | % | 37,680 | 28.7 | % | ||||||||
Total fixed income investments | $ | 126,874 | 100.0 | % | $ | 131,294 | 100.0 | % | ||||||
Scheduled contractual maturities may not reflect the actual maturities of the investments. MBS/CMO securities are shown at their final maturity, however due to prepayments and amortization the actual MBS/CMO cash flows may be faster than presented above. Included in municipal securities and federal agency obligations are investments that can be "called" prior to final maturity with amortized cost and fair values of $37.8 million and $39.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Actual maturity of these callable securities could be shorter if called. Management considers these factors when evaluating the net interest margin in the Company's asset-liability management program.
At December 31, 2011, agency securities with a fair value of $44.0 million were pledged as collateral against deposit account balances of municipal deposit customers. At December 31, 2010, agency securities with a fair value of $48.9 million were pledged as collateral for these municipal deposit accounts and customer repurchase agreements.
The fair market value of agency securities designated as qualified collateral for FHLB borrowing capacity amounted to $36.1 million and $37 million at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
The fair market value of municipal securities designated as qualified collateral for borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (the “FRB”) through its discount window amounted to $50.8 million and $51.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Sales of investments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Amortized cost of investments sold | $ | 10,553 | $ | 4,969 | $ | 39,502 | ||||||
Gross realized gains on sales | 791 | 882 | 1,786 | |||||||||
Gross realized losses on sales | — | (7 | ) | (299 | ) | |||||||
Total proceeds from sales of investments | $ | 11,344 | $ | 5,844 | $ | 40,989 | ||||||
Tax exempt interest earned on the municipal securities portfolio was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
See Item (d) “Investments,” contained in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information regarding the accounting for the Company’s investments portfolio.
(3) | Restricted Investments |
As a member of the FHLB, the Company is required to purchase certain levels of FHLB capital stock in association with the Bank’s borrowing relationship from the FHLB. This stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost, which management believes approximates fair value. FHLB stock represents the only restricted investment held by the Company.
In February 2009, the FHLB began implementing a number of measures in order to strengthen its financial position
83
and to increase its capital levels, including the indefinite suspension of its quarterly dividends and a moratorium on the repurchase of excess capital stock from member banks, among other programs. However, in the first quarter of 2011, the FHLB announced the reinstitution of quarterly dividends on capital stock balances based on improved profitability and capital levels. The FHLB cautioned that negative events such as further credit losses, a decline in income or regulatory disapproval could lead them to reconsider their plan to continue to declare modest cash dividends. The FHLB continues to take steps to protect members' capital and improve its profitability, including amendments to its capital plan and a joint capital enhancement agreement with the other eleven FHLBs, and continued their moratorium on excess capital stock repurchases through December 31, 2011. Although recent financial results of the FHLB have improved, and in February 2012 the FHLB announced plans for a one-time capital stock repurchase, if further deterioration in the FHLB financial condition or capital levels occurs, the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock may become other than temporarily impaired to some degree. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s investment in FHLB capital stock amounted to $4.7 million. Based on management's ongoing review, the Company has not recorded any other than temporarily impairment charges on this investment to date. Additionally, if as a result of deterioration in its financial condition the FHLB restricts its lending activities, the Company may need to utilize alternative funding sources to meet its liquidity needs.
(4) | Loans |
Major classifications of loans and loans held for sale at the periods indicated, are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | December 31, 2011 | December 31, 2010 | ||||||
Real estate: | ||||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 650,697 | $ | 595,075 | ||||
Commercial construction | 117,398 | 111,681 | ||||||
Residential mortgages | 83,368 | 79,521 | ||||||
Residential construction | 2,943 | 2,874 | ||||||
Loans held for sale | 5,061 | 6,408 | ||||||
Total real estate | 859,467 | 795,559 | ||||||
Commercial and industrial | 310,706 | 274,829 | ||||||
Home equity | 77,135 | 70,147 | ||||||
Consumer | 4,570 | 4,228 | ||||||
Gross loans | 1,251,878 | 1,144,763 | ||||||
Deferred loan origination fees, net | (1,389 | ) | (1,417 | ) | ||||
Total loans | 1,250,489 | 1,143,346 | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses | (23,160 | ) | (19,415 | ) | ||||
Net loans and loans held for sale | $ | 1,227,329 | $ | 1,123,931 | ||||
The Company manages its loan portfolio to avoid concentration by industry and loan size to minimize its credit risk exposure. In addition, the Company does not have a “sub-prime” mortgage program. However, inherent in the lending process is the risk of loss due to customer non-payment, or “credit risk.”
Loan Categories
Commercial loans:
Commercial real estate loans include loans secured by both owner-use and non-owner occupied real estate. These loans are typically secured by a variety of commercial and industrial property types including one-to-four family and
84
multi-family apartment buildings, office or mixed-use facilities, strip shopping centers, or other commercial property and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. Commercial real estate loans generally have repayment periods of approximately fifteen to twenty-five years. Variable interest rate commercial real estate loans have a variety of adjustment terms and indices, and are generally fixed for the first one to five years before periodic rate adjustments begin.
Commercial and industrial loans include seasonal revolving lines of credit, working capital loans, equipment financing (including equipment leases), and term loans. Also included in commercial and industrial loans are loans partially guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA), and loans under various programs issued in conjunction with the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency and other agencies. Commercial and industrial credits may be unsecured loans and lines to financially strong borrowers, secured in whole or in part by real estate unrelated to the principal purpose of the loan or secured by inventories, equipment, or receivables, and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. Variable rate loans and lines in this portfolio have interest rates that are periodically adjusted, with term loans generally having initial fixed rate periods of one to three years. Commercial and industrial loans have average repayment periods of one to seven years.
Commercial construction loans include the development of residential housing and condominium projects, the development of commercial and industrial use property and loans for the purchase and improvement of raw land. These loans are secured in whole or in part by the underlying real estate collateral and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrowers. Construction lenders work to cultivate long-term relationships with established developers. The Company limits the amount of financing provided to any single developer for the construction of properties built on a speculative basis. Funds for construction projects are disbursed as pre-specified stages of construction are completed. Regular site inspections are performed, either by experienced construction lenders on staff or by independent outside inspection companies, at each construction phase, prior to advancing additional funds. Commercial construction loans generally are variable rate loans and lines with interest rates that are periodically adjusted and generally have terms of one to three years.
From time to time, the Company participates with other banks in the financing of certain commercial projects. In some cases, the Company may act as the lead lender, originating and servicing the loans, but participating out a portion of the funding to other banks. In other cases, the Company may participate in loans originated by other institutions. In each case, the participating bank funds a percentage of the loan commitment and takes on the related risk. In each case in which the Company participates in a loan, the rights and obligations of each participating bank are divided proportionately among the participating banks in an amount equal to their share of ownership and with equal priority among all banks. The balances participated out to other institutions are not carried as assets on the Company's financial statements. Loans originated by other banks in which the Company is the participating institution are carried in the loan portfolio at the Company's pro rata share of ownership. The Company performs an independent credit analysis of each commitment and a review of the participating institution prior to participation in the loan. Loans originated by other banks in which the Company is the participating institution amounted to $33.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $32.7 million at December 31, 2010.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial obligation or performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. If the letter of credit is drawn upon, a loan is created for the customer, generally a commercial loan, with the same criteria associated with similar commercial loans.
Residential loans:
Enterprise originates conventional mortgage loans on one-to-four family residential properties. These properties may serve as the borrower's primary residence, or be vacation homes or investment properties. Loan to value limits vary, generally from 80% for adjustable rate and multi-family, owner occupied properties, up to 97% for fixed rate loans on single family, owner occupied properties, with mortgage insurance coverage required for loan-to-value ratios greater than 80% based on program parameters. In addition, financing is provided for the construction of owner occupied primary residences. Residential mortgage loans may have terms of up to 30 years at either fixed or adjustable rates of interest. Fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans are generally originated using secondary market underwriting and documentation standards.
Depending on the current interest rate environment, management projections of future interest rates and the overall
85
asset-liability management program of the Company, management may elect to sell those fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans which are eligible for sale in the secondary market, or hold some or all of this residential loan production for the Company's portfolio. Mortgage loans are generally not pooled for sale, but instead sold on an individual basis. The Company may retain or sell the servicing when selling the loans. All loans sold are currently sold without recourse, subject to an early payment default period covering the first four payments for certain loan sales.
Home equity loans and lines of credit:
Home equity loans are originated for one-to-four family residential properties with maximum original loan to value ratios generally up to 80% of the assessed or appraised value of the property securing the loan. Home equity loan payments consist of monthly principal and interest based on amortization ranging from three to fifteen years. The rates may also be fixed for three to fifteen years.
The Company originates home equity lines of credit for one-to-four family residential properties with maximum original loan to value ratios generally up to 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Home equity lines generally have interest rates that adjust monthly based on changes in the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, although minimum rates may be applicable. Some home equity line rates may be fixed for a period of time and then adjusted monthly thereafter. The payment schedule for home equity lines for the first ten years of the lines are interest only payments. Generally at the end of ten years, the line is frozen to future advances, and principal plus interest payments are collected over a fifteen-year amortization schedule.
Consumer loans:
Consumer loans primarily consist of secured or unsecured personal loans and overdraft protection lines on checking accounts extended to individual customers. The aggregate amount of overdrawn deposit accounts are reclassified as loan balances.
Related Party Loans
Certain of the Company's directors, officers, principal stockholders and their associates are credit customers of the Company in the ordinary course of business. In addition, certain directors are also directors, trustees, officers or stockholders of corporations and non-profit entities or members of partnerships that are customers of the Bank and that enter into loan and other transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business. All loans and commitments included in such transactions are on such terms, including interest rates, repayment terms and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons who are not affiliated with the Bank and do not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other features unfavorable to the Bank.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding loan balances to directors, officers, principal stockholders and their associates were $10.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively. Unadvanced portions of lines of credit available to these individuals were $2.4 million and $2.6 million, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, new loans and net increases in loan balances or lines of credit under existing commitments of $1.4 million were made and principal paydowns of $1.4 million were received. All loans to these related parties are current.
Loans Serviced for Others
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company was servicing residential mortgage loans owned by investors amounting to $24.4 million and $27.2 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company was servicing commercial loans participated out to various other institutions amounting to $43.0 million and $36.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See the discussion above regarding for further information on commercial participations.
86
Loans Serving as Collateral
Loans designated as qualified collateral and pledged to the FHLB for borrowing capacity at December 31, are summarized below:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Commercial real estate | $ | 204,158 | $ | 227,926 | ||||
Residential mortgages | 67,344 | 63,166 | ||||||
Home equity | 19,835 | 24,417 | ||||||
Total loans pledged to FHLB | $ | 291,337 | $ | 315,509 | ||||
Tax Exempt Interest
Tax exempt interest earned on qualified commercial loans was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $904 thousand and $759 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively. Average tax exempt loan balances were $27.6 million and $21.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(5) | Allowance for Loan Losses |
Credit Quality Indicators
The level of adversely classified loans, delinquent and non-performing assets is largely a function of economic conditions and the overall banking environment. Despite prudent loan underwriting, adverse changes within the Company's market area or further deterioration in the local, regional or national economic conditions could negatively impact the Company's assets quality in the future.
Adversely classified and non-performing statistics have trended upward beginning in 2009 through 2011, as would be expected given the regional economic environment and its impact on the local commercial markets. Management believes that more recent levels are reflective of more normalized commercial credit statistics compared to the historic lows seen just prior to 2008. Management does not consider the increase to be indicative of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the general loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, as indicated by the following factors: the ratio of non-performing loans to total loans given the size and mix of the Company’s loan portfolio; the minimal level of OREO; and the low levels of loans 60-89 days delinquent.
Adversely Classified Loans
The Company's loan risk rating system classifies loans depending on risk of loss characteristics. The classifications range from “substantially risk free” for the highest quality loans and loans that are secured by cash collateral, to the more severe adverse classifications of "substandard," "doubtful" and “loss” based on criteria established under banking regulations.
Loans classified as substandard include those loans characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. These loans are inadequately protected by the sound net worth and paying capacity of the borrower; repayment has become increasingly reliant on collateral liquidation or reliance on guaranties; credit weaknesses are well-defined; borrower cash flow is insufficient to meet the required debt service specified in the loan terms and to meet other obligations, such as trade debt and tax payments.
Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard rated loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or full payment from liquidation, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The probability of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the loan, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until more exact status may be determined.
Loans classified as loss are generally considered uncollectible at present, although long term recovery of part or all of loan proceeds may be possible. These “loss” loans would require a specific loss reserve or charge-off.
87
Adversely classified loans may be accruing or in non-accrual status and may be additionally designated as impaired or restructured, or some combination thereof. Loans which are evaluated to be of weaker credit quality are reviewed on a more frequent basis by management.
The following tables present the credit risk profile by internally assigned risk rating category at the periods indicated.
December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Adversely Classified | Not Adversely Classified | Gross Loans | |||||||||||||||||
Substandard | Doubtful | Loss | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 23,676 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 627,021 | $ | 650,697 | ||||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 6,963 | 2,073 | — | 301,670 | 310,706 | |||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 3,221 | — | — | 114,177 | 117,398 | |||||||||||||||
Residential | 1,251 | — | — | 85,060 | 86,311 | |||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 595 | — | — | 76,540 | 77,135 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 6 | 3 | — | 4,561 | 4,570 | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | — | — | — | 5,061 | 5,061 | |||||||||||||||
Total gross loans | $ | 35,712 | $ | 2,076 | $ | — | $ | 1,214,090 | $ | 1,251,878 | ||||||||||
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Adversely Classified | Not Adversely Classified | Gross Loans | |||||||||||||||||
Substandard | Doubtful | Loss | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 12,885 | $ | 250 | $ | — | $ | 581,940 | $ | 595,075 | ||||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 6,765 | 47 | — | 268,017 | 274,829 | |||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 2,890 | — | — | 108,791 | 111,681 | |||||||||||||||
Residential | 1,801 | — | — | 80,594 | 82,395 | |||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 538 | — | — | 69,609 | 70,147 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 18 | 4 | — | 4,206 | 4,228 | |||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | — | — | — | 6,408 | 6,408 | |||||||||||||||
Total gross loans | $ | 24,897 | $ | 301 | $ | — | $ | 1,119,565 | $ | 1,144,763 | ||||||||||
The increase in adversely classified loans as of December 31, 2011, as compared to December 2010, was primarily due to the downgrade of twelve commercial real estate relationships totaling approximately $12.1 million, three commercial and industrial relationship of $2.7 million, and two construction relationships of approximately $2.5 million, partially offset by paydowns and credit upgrades during the period. Management continues to closely monitor these adversely classified relationships.
Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is generally discontinued when a loan becomes contractually past due, with respect to interest or principal, by 90 days, or when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when payments are brought current and have remained current for a period of 180 days and when, in the judgment of management, the collectability of both principal and interest is reasonably assured. Interest payments received on loans in a non-accrual status are generally applied to principal. Additionally deposit accounts in overdrawn for 90 or more days are included in the consumer non-accrual numbers below.
88
The following table presents an age analysis of past due loans as of December 31, 2011.
(Dollars in thousands) | Loans 30-59 Days Past Due | Loans 60-89 Days Past Due | Non-accrual Loans | Total Past Due Loans | Current Loans | Gross Loans | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 2,420 | $ | 1,885 | $ | 14,060 | $ | 18,365 | $ | 632,332 | $ | 650,697 | ||||||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 1,153 | 699 | 9,696 | 11,548 | 299,158 | 310,706 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 171 | — | 727 | 898 | 116,500 | 117,398 | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential | 703 | 401 | 850 | 1,954 | 84,357 | 86,311 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home Equity | — | — | 536 | 536 | 76,599 | 77,135 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer | 7 | 41 | 7 | 55 | 4,515 | 4,570 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | — | — | — | — | 5,061 | 5,061 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total gross loans | $ | 4,454 | $ | 3,026 | $ | 25,876 | $ | 33,356 | $ | 1,218,522 | $ | 1,251,878 | ||||||||||||
The following table presents an age analysis of past due loans as of December 31, 2010.
(Dollars in thousands) | Loans 30-59 Days Past Due | Loans 60-89 Days Past Due | Non-accrual Loans | Total Past Due Loans | Current Loans | Gross Loans | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 4,363 | $ | 2,002 | $ | 8,065 | $ | 14,430 | $ | 580,645 | $ | 595,075 | ||||||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 816 | 317 | 7,573 | 8,706 | 266,123 | 274,829 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 247 | — | 2,890 | 3,137 | 108,544 | 111,681 | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential | 592 | — | 1,395 | 1,987 | 80,408 | 82,395 | ||||||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 70 | — | 407 | 477 | 69,670 | 70,147 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer | 24 | 5 | 11 | 40 | 4,188 | 4,228 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale | — | — | — | — | 6,408 | 6,408 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total gross loans | $ | 6,112 | $ | 2,324 | $ | 20,341 | $ | 28,777 | $ | 1,115,986 | $ | 1,144,763 | ||||||||||||
During 2011, several commercial real estate loans which were thirty-one days overdue at December 31, 2010 were subsequently brought current, and four loans remained delinquent and were included in non-accrual at December 31, 2011, while two commercial real estate loans that had been sixty-one days past due at December 31, 2010 also migrated to non-accrual as of December 31, 2011. All loans 90 or more days past due were carried as non-accruing. Non-accrual loans which were not adversely classified amounted to $2.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $2.4 million at December 31, 2010. These balances primarily represented the guaranteed portions of non-performing Small Business Administration loans. The majority of the non-accrual loan balances were also carried as impaired loans during the periods, and are discussed further below.
The ratio of non-accrual loans to total loans amounted to 2.07% and 1.78% at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
At December 31, 2011, additional funding commitments for loans on non-accrual status totaled $97 thousand. The Company's obligation to fulfill the additional funding commitments on non-accrual loans is generally contingent on the borrower's compliance with the terms of the credit agreement, or if the borrower is not in compliance, additional funding
89
commitments may be made at the Company's discretion.
The reduction in interest income for the years ended December 31, associated with non-accruing loans is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Income in accordance with original loan terms | $ | 1,545 | $ | 1,274 | $ | 1,190 | ||||||
Less income recognized | 140 | 361 | 78 | |||||||||
Reduction in interest income | $ | 1,405 | $ | 913 | $ | 1,112 | ||||||
Impaired Loans
Impaired loans are individually significant loans for which management considers it probable that not all amounts due (principal and interest) in accordance with original contractual terms will be collected. The majority of impaired loans are included within the non-accrual balances; however, not every loan in non-accrual status has been designated as impaired. Impaired loans include loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (or “TDR”, see below). Management does not set any minimum delay of payments as a factor in reviewing for impaired classification. Management considers the payment status, net worth and earnings potential of the borrower, and the value and cash flow of the collateral as factors to determine if a loan will be paid in accordance with its contractual terms.
Impaired loans exclude large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, which are collectively evaluated for impairment, loans that are measured at fair value and leases, unless the loan is amended in a TDR. Impaired loans are individually evaluated for credit loss, and a specific reserve is assigned for the amount of the estimated credit loss.
Total impaired loans amounted to $38.3 million and $49.8 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Total accruing impaired loans amounted to $13.2 million and $30.7 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, while non-accrual impaired loans amounted to $25.1 million and $19.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The net decrease in the impaired loans since the prior year was primarily within the commercial real estate portfolio ($11.5 million) and the commercial construction portfolio ($2.0 million), partially offset by net increases in the commercial and industrial portfolio ($1.9 million). During the current year, one larger accruing commercial real estate relationship of approximately $13.2 million was upgraded and removed from impaired/TDR status, due to the borrower's improved financial condition and sustained performance over time. In addition, the decrease was impacted by paydowns and, in particular, the full payoff of one $3.3 million accruing commercial real estate impaired/TDR relationship during the first quarter of 2011. Non-accrual impaired loan balances were primarily impacted by one larger commercial and industrial loan ($2.1 million) which became non-accrual/impaired during the period, and eight larger commercial real estate relationships (totaling $5.2 million) which became non accrual/impaired during the period, partially offset by paydowns and charge-offs during the period.
90
The following table sets forth the recorded investment in impaired loans and the related specific allowance allocated as of December 31, 2011.
(Dollars in thousands) | Unpaid contractual principal balance | Total recorded investment in impaired loans | Recorded investment with no allowance | Recorded investment with allowance | Related allowance | |||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 26,052 | $ | 24,580 | $ | 20,792 | $ | 3,788 | $ | 973 | ||||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 12,439 | 10,633 | 4,105 | 6,528 | 2,651 | |||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 2,482 | 2,407 | 229 | 2,178 | 629 | |||||||||||||||
Residential | 655 | 624 | 286 | 338 | 125 | |||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 50 | 50 | — | 50 | 50 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer | 17 | 17 | — | 17 | 17 | |||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 41,695 | $ | 38,311 | $ | 25,412 | $ | 12,899 | $ | 4,445 | ||||||||||
The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the related interest recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011.
(Dollars in thousands) | Average recorded investment | Interest income recognized | ||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 27,404 | $ | 698 | ||||
Cmml and industrial | 9,571 | 61 | ||||||
Cmml construction | 3,880 | 83 | ||||||
Residential | 621 | 2 | ||||||
Home Equity | — | 2 | ||||||
Consumer | 19 | 3 | ||||||
Total | $ | 41,495 | $ | 849 | ||||
The following table sets forth the recorded investment in impaired loans and the related specific allowance allocated as of December 31, 2010.
(Dollars in thousands) | Unpaid contractual principal balance | Total recorded investment in impaired loans | Recorded investment with no allowance | Recorded investment with allowance | Related allowance | ||||||||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 37,331 | $ | 36,031 | $ | 25,405 | $ | 10,626 | $ | 853 | |||||||||
Cmml and industrial | 9,942 | 8,780 | 4,824 | 3,956 | 1,284 | ||||||||||||||
Cmml construction | 4,419 | 4,364 | 2,135 | 2,229 | 414 | ||||||||||||||
Residential | 596 | 580 | 233 | 347 | 121 | ||||||||||||||
Home Equity | 50 | 50 | 50 | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Consumer | 19 | 19 | — | 19 | 19 | ||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 52,357 | $ | 49,824 | $ | 32,647 | $ | 17,177 | $ | 2,691 | |||||||||
The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $43.9 million.
Interest income that was not recognized on loans that were deemed impaired as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, amounted to $847 thousand, $849 thousand, and $1.0 million, respectively. All payments received on impaired loans in
91
non-accrual status are applied to principal. At December 31, 2011, additional funding commitments for impaired loans totaled $588 thousand. The Company's obligation to fulfill the additional funding commitments on impaired loans is generally contingent on the borrower's compliance with the terms of the credit agreement, or if the borrower is not in compliance, additional funding commitments may be made at the Company's discretion.
Troubled Debt Restructures
Loans are designated as a TDR when a concession is made on a credit as a result of financial difficulties of the borrower. Typically, such concessions consist of a reduction in interest rate to a below market rate, taking into account the credit quality of the note, or a deferment or reduction of payments, principal or interest, which materially alters the Bank's position or significantly extends the note's maturity date, such that the present value of cash flows to be received is materially less than those contractually established at the loan's origination.
TDR loans are included in the impaired loan category and as such, these loans are individually evaluated and a specific reserve is assigned for the amount of the estimated credit loss.
Total TDR loans, included in the impaired loan figures above as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $25.5 million and $41.6 million, respectively. The change in balances since December 31, 2010 is discussed above. TDR loans on accrual status amounted to $12.4 million and $30.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Restructured loans included in non-performing loans amounted to $13.0 million and $11.3 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company continues to work with commercial relationships and enters into loan modifications to the extent deemed to be necessary or appropriate to ensure the best mutual outcome given the current economic environment.
The following tables present certain information regarding loan modifications classified as troubled debt restructures during the the year ended December 31, 2011.
Troubled debt restructure agreements entered into during the year ended December 31, 2011.
(Dollars in thousands) | Number of restructurings | Pre-modification outstanding recorded investment | Post-modification outstanding recorded investment | |||||||
Cmml real estate | 12 | $ | 4,627 | $ | 4,515 | |||||
Cmml and industrial | 15 | 1,338 | 1,307 | |||||||
Cmml construction | 1 | 207 | 207 | |||||||
Residential | 1 | 137 | 134 | |||||||
Home Equity | — | — | — | |||||||
Consumer | — | — | — | |||||||
Total | 29 | $ | 6,309 | $ | 6,163 | |||||
92
2011 Troubled debt restructuring that subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2011.
(Dollars in thousands) | Number of TDR's that defaulted | Post-modification outstanding recorded investment | ||||
Cmml real estate | 4 | $ | 2,352 | |||
Cmml and industrial | 8 | 614 | ||||
Cmml construction | — | — | ||||
Residential | 1 | 134 | ||||
Home Equity | — | — | ||||
Consumer | — | |||||
Total | 13 | $ | 3,100 | |||
There were no charge-offs associated with TDRs noted in the table above. At December 31, 2011, specific reserves allocated to the 2011 TDRs amounted to $239 thousand, and interest payments received on non-accruing 2011 TDR loans which were applied to principal and not recognized as interest income amounted to $147 thousand.
Allowance for probable loan losses methodology
On a quarterly basis, management prepares an estimate of the allowance necessary to cover estimated credit losses. The Company maintains the allowance at a level that it deems adequate to absorb all reasonably anticipated losses from specifically known and other credit risks associated with the portfolio. The Company uses a systematic methodology to measure the amount of estimated loan loss exposure inherent in the portfolio for purposes of establishing a sufficient allowance for loan losses. The methodology makes use of specific reserves, for loans individually evaluated and deemed impaired, and general reserves, for larger groups of homogeneous loans, which rely on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors that could have an impact on the credit quality of the portfolio.
Specific Reserves
When a loan is deemed to be impaired, management estimates the credit loss by comparing the loan's carrying value against either 1) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate; 2) the loan's observable market price; or 3) the expected realizable fair value of the collateral, in the case of collateral dependent loans. A specific allowance is assigned to the impaired loan for the amount of estimated credit loss. Impaired loans are charged off, in whole or in part, when management believes that the recorded investment in the loan is uncollectible.
General Reserves
In assessing the general reserves for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics, management has segmented the portfolio by I. Non-classified loans, and II. Adversely classified loans. These groups are further subdivided by loan category or risk rating. Allowance allocation factors for groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are based on each group's historical net charge off rate, which is then adjusted for current quantitative and qualitative or environmental factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. Management considers the risk factors and assesses the impact of current issues and changes in those factors to the various portfolio categories on an ongoing basis.
I.Non-classified loans by credit type:
Management has established the historic loss factor for non-classified loans by first calculating average net charge-offs over a period of time, divided by the average loan balance over that same period. The time period utilized equates to the average estimated life for each loan category.
93
The key quantitative factors may include, but are not limited to: historical charge-off rates for the groups of loans; levels of and trends in delinquencies, non-performing and impaired loans; trends in size and terms of loans; portfolio growth; and portfolio concentration.
Key qualitative factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses as of the evaluation date to differ from the group's historical charge-off rates include:
•Several key areas of expansion and growth, including geographic market, lending staff, portfolio and product lines;
•Changes in the current volume and severity of past due loans, non-accrual loans and the severity of adversely classified loans compared to historical levels;
•The current economic environment and conditions (local, state and national) and its general implications to each loan category.
•Management also considers the significant focus of the Bank on commercial loans when assessing the portfolio performance-to-peer.
Management weighs the current effect of each of these areas on each particular loan category in determining the allowance allocation factors.
II.Adversely classified loans by credit rating:
Management has established the historic loss factor for classified loans by first calculating total annual net charge-offs divided by the average annual classified loans. An average of the charge-off ratio is then determined over a trailing period of time. The time period utilized equates to the estimated average period that loans might remain in a particular classified category.
As with the non-classified loans, management has identified several factors as likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the adversely classified portfolio to differ from historical loss experience based on management's estimate as to the effect of the qualitative or environmental factors on the level of credit losses inherent in each specific classified category. These factors reflect the significant consideration of the risk inherent in these adversely classified categories already contained in the related historic loss factor, and the fact that individually significant loans with probable loss are excluded from the group and assessed separately.
Key qualitative factors that are likely to cause estimated credit losses as of the evaluation date to differ from the group's historical charge-off rates include:
•Key areas of expansion consistent with the non-classified expansion and growth and the impact of this growth on classified loans. Changes in the current volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified loans compared to historical levels.
•Management considers the current economic environment and conditions (local, state and national) and its general implications to adversely classified loans that are already experiencing difficulties.
Management weighs the current effect of each of these areas on each particular adversely classified category in determining the allowance allocation factors.
Management must exercise significant judgment when evaluating the effect of these factors on the amount of the Allowance for Loan Losses because data may not be reasonably available or directly applicable to determine the precise impact of a factor on the collectability of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date.
Management has identified above what it deems to be the most significant qualitative factors, however management recognizes that additional issues may also impact the estimate of credit losses to some degree. From time to time management will re-evaluate the qualitative factors in use in order to consider the impact of other issues which, based on changing circumstances, may become more significant in the future.
Allowance for Loan Loss activity
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses, a direct charge to earnings. Loan losses
94
are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans previously charged-off are credited to the allowance.
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended ended December 31, are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Balance at beginning of year | $ | 19,415 | $ | 18,218 | $ | 15,269 | ||||||
Provision charged to operations | 5,197 | 5,137 | 4,846 | |||||||||
Loan recoveries | 294 | 77 | 638 | |||||||||
Less: Loans charged-off | 1,746 | 4,017 | 2,535 | |||||||||
Balance at end of year | $ | 23,160 | $ | 19,415 | $ | 18,218 | ||||||
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment for the year ended December 31, 2011, are presented below:
(Dollars in thousands) | Cmml Real Estate | Cmml and Industrial | Cmml Constr | Resid. Mortgage | Home Equity | Cnsmr | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance, 12/31/10 | $ | 9,769 | $ | 5,489 | $ | 2,609 | $ | 882 | $ | 553 | $ | 113 | $ | 19,415 | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision | 1,565 | 3,006 | — | 400 | — | 110 | — | 62 | — | 54 | 5,197 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries | 124 | 148 | 4 | 6 | — | 12 | 294 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Charge offs | 603 | 1,075 | — | 3 | — | 65 | 1,746 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance, 12/31/11 | $ | 10,855 | $ | 7,568 | $ | 3,013 | $ | 995 | $ | 615 | $ | 114 | $ | 23,160 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ending allowance balance allotted to: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans individually evaluated for impairment | $ | 973 | $ | 2,651 | $ | 629 | $ | 125 | 50 | $ | 17 | $ | 4,445 | |||||||||||||||||||
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment | 9,882 | 4,917 | 2,384 | 870 | 565 | 97 | $ | 18,715 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The balances of loans as of December 31, 2011 by segment and evaluation method are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | Loans individually evaluated for impairment | Loans collectively evaluated for impairment | Total Loans | |||||||||
Cmml real estate | $ | 24,580 | $ | 626,117 | $ | 650,697 | ||||||
Cmml and industrial | 10,633 | 300,073 | 310,706 | |||||||||
Cmml construction | 2,407 | 114,991 | 117,398 | |||||||||
Residential | 624 | 85,687 | 86,311 | |||||||||
Home Equity | 50 | 77,085 | 77,135 | |||||||||
Consumer | 17 | 4,553 | 4,570 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale | — | 5,061 | 5,061 | |||||||||
Deferred Fees | — | (1,389 | ) | (1,389 | ) | |||||||
Total loans | $ | 38,311 | $ | 1,212,178 | $ | 1,250,489 | ||||||
95
See the section titled "Impaired Loans" above, for information regarding the changes in impaired loans balances at December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year.
Changes in the allowance for loan losses by segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, are presented below:
(Dollars in thousands) | Cmml Real Estate | Cmml and Industrial | Cmml Constr | Resid. Mortgage | Home Equity | Cnsmr | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance, 12/31/09 | $ | 9,630 | $ | 4,614 | $ | 2,475 | $ | 884 | $ | 518 | $ | 97 | $ | 18,218 | ||||||||||||||
Provision | 1,152 | 2,488 | 1,374 | 23 | 35 | 65 | 5,137 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries | 2 | 49 | 5 | — | — | 21 | 77 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Charge offs | 1,015 | 1,662 | 1,245 | 25 | — | 70 | 4,017 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance, 12/31/10 | $ | 9,769 | $ | 5,489 | $ | 2,609 | $ | 882 | $ | 553 | $ | 113 | $ | 19,415 | ||||||||||||||
Ending allowance balance allotted to: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans individually evaluated for impairment | $ | 853 | $ | 1,284 | $ | 414 | $ | 121 | — | $ | 19 | $ | 2,691 | |||||||||||||||
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment | 8,916 | 4,205 | 2,195 | 761 | 553 | 94 | $ | 16,724 | ||||||||||||||||||||
The balances of loans as of December 31, 2010 by segment and evaluation method are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | Loans individually evaluated for impairment | Loans collectively evaluated for impairment | Total Loans | ||||||
Cmml real estate | 36,031 | 559,044 | 595,075 | ||||||
Cmml and industrial | 8,780 | 266,049 | 274,829 | ||||||
Cmml construction | 4,364 | 107,317 | 111,681 | ||||||
Residential | 580 | 81,815 | 82,395 | ||||||
Home Equity | 50 | 70,097 | 70,147 | ||||||
Consumer | 19 | 4,209 | 4,228 | ||||||
Loans held for sale | — | 6,408 | 6,408 | ||||||
Deferred Fees | — | (1,417 | ) | (1,417 | ) | ||||
Total loans | 49,824 | 1,093,522 | 1,143,346 | ||||||
96
(6) | Premises and Equipment |
Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Land | $ | 3,300 | $ | 3,295 | ||||
Buildings, renovations and leasehold improvements | 27,471 | 24,854 | ||||||
Computer software and equipment | 7,988 | 11,663 | ||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment | 11,059 | 11,020 | ||||||
Total premises and equipment, before accumulated depreciation | 49,818 | 50,832 | ||||||
Less accumulated depreciation | (22,508 | ) | (25,908 | ) | ||||
Total premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation | $ | 27,310 | $ | 24,924 | ||||
Total depreciation expense related to premises and equipment amounted to $3.8 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $809 thousand, $935 thousand and $917 thousand, respectively.
The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases, some of which provide for periodic adjustments. At December 31, 2011 minimum lease payments for these operating leases were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | |||
Payable in: | |||
2012 | $ | 864 | |
2013 | 815 | ||
2014 | 756 | ||
2015 | 633 | ||
2016 | 674 | ||
Thereafter | 3,521 | ||
Total minimum lease payments | $ | 7,263 | |
In September 2010, the Company acquired the lease on its Main Office location for $2 million. This amount, net of amortization, is carried in Prepaid expenses and other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
With the purchase of the operations and lending office building in late 2007 and the acquisition of the lease for the building containing the main branch and support offices, the Company collects rents on four units within these facilities. Rental income was $255 thousand, $185 thousand and $146 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
97
(7) | Accrued Interest Receivable |
Accrued interest receivable consists of the following at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Investments | $ | 663 | $ | 705 | ||||
Loans and loans held for sale | 5,158 | 4,827 | ||||||
Total accrued interest receivable | $ | 5,821 | $ | 5,532 | ||||
(8) | Deposits |
Deposits at December 31 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Non-interest demand deposits | $ | 309,930 | $ | 231,121 | ||||
Interest bearing checking | 165,718 | 175,056 | ||||||
Savings | 141,289 | 132,313 | ||||||
Money market | 446,526 | 428,992 | ||||||
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 | 121,047 | 128,360 | ||||||
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more | 148,648 | 148,147 | ||||||
Brokered deposits | — | 82 | ||||||
Total deposits | $ | 1,333,158 | $ | 1,244,071 | ||||
The aggregate amount of overdrawn deposits that have been reclassified as loan balances were $1.3 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The following table shows the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit with balances less than $100,000 and greater than $100,000 at December 31, 2011:
(Dollars in thousands) | Less than $100,000 | $100,000 and Greater | Total | |||||||||
Due in less than twelve months | $ | 98,445 | $ | 119,723 | $ | 218,168 | ||||||
Due in over one year through two years | 19,154 | 24,910 | 44,064 | |||||||||
Due in over two years through three years | 3,178 | 3,454 | 6,632 | |||||||||
Due in over three years through four years | 270 | 561 | 831 | |||||||||
Total certificates of deposit | $ | 121,047 | $ | 148,648 | $ | 269,695 | ||||||
Interest expense on certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more amounted to $1.9 million, $2.2 million and $3.4 million, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
98
(9) | Borrowed Funds and Debentures |
Borrowed funds and debentures at December 31 are summarized as follows:
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | Average Rate | Amount | Average Rate | Amount | Average Rate | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings | $ | 4,494 | 1.83 | % | $ | 4,779 | 1.77 | % | $ | 23,460 | 0.52 | % | |||||||||
Other Borrowings | — | — | 10,000 | 0.35 | % | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase | — | — | 762 | 0.32 | % | 1,416 | 0.56 | % | |||||||||||||
Total borrowed funds | 4,494 | 1.83 | % | 15,541 | 0.79 | % | 24,876 | 0.53 | % | ||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | 10.88 | % | 10,825 | 10.88 | % | 10,825 | 10.88 | % | ||||||||||||
Total borrowed funds and debentures | $ | 15,319 | 8.22 | % | $ | 26,366 | 4.93 | % | $ | 35,701 | 3.66 | % | |||||||||
The Company’s primary borrowing source is the FHLB, but the Company may choose to borrow from other established business partners. “Other borrowings” represents overnight advances from the FRB or federal funds purchased from correspondent banks. The $10.0 million in other borrowings at December 31, 2010 was an overnight borrowing from a correspondent bank that was repaid on January 3, 2011.
FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2011 consisted of term borrowings of $4.0 million with original terms of one to three years, and one long term advance of $470 thousand, with an original term of 15 years, maturing in 1.5 years. Maximum amounts outstanding at any month end during 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $4.8 million, $46.0 million, and $112.8 million, respectively.
The Company did not have any repurchase agreements for securities sold as of December 31, 2011. Maximum amounts outstanding at any month end during 2011 were $763 thousand and in both 2010 and 2009 were $1.4 million.
As of December 31, 2011, the balance for FHLB advances with maturities within one year or less were $4.0 million and had a weighted average rate of 1.35%. The balance for FHLB advances with maturities between one to two years was $470 thousand and had a weighted average rate of 5.94% .
The following table summarizes the average balance and average rate paid for securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowed funds for the year ended December 31,
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Average Balance | Average Rate | Average Balance | Average Rate | Average Balance | Average Rate | |||||||||||||||
FHLB advances | $ | 4,684 | 1.82 | % | $ | 24,365 | 0.66 | % | $ | 65,325 | 0.34 | % | |||||||||
Other borrowings | 170 | 0.25 | % | 58 | 0.75 | % | 58 | 0.46 | % | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | 373 | 0.31 | % | 1,145 | 0.47 | % | 1,415 | 1.10 | % | ||||||||||||
Total borrowed funds | $ | 5,227 | 1.66 | % | $ | 25,568 | 0.65 | % | $ | 66,798 | 0.36 | % | |||||||||
As a member of the FHLB, the Bank has the potential capacity to borrow an amount up to the value of its discounted qualified collateral, as defined by the FHLB which includes access to a pre-approved overnight line of credit.
99
Borrowings from the FHLB are secured by certain securities from the Company’s investment portfolio not otherwise pledged and certain residential and commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2011, based on qualifying collateral less outstanding advances, the Bank had the capacity to borrow additional funds from the FHLB of up to approximately $184.5 million, which includes a pre-approved overnight line of credit in the amount of $11.0 million. In addition, based on qualifying collateral, the Bank had the capacity to borrow funds from the FRB Discount Window of up to $48.0 million. The Bank also has pre-approved borrowing arrangements with large correspondent banks in order to provide overnight and short-term borrowing capacity.
See note 2 and note 4 above to these consolidated financial statements for further information regarding securities and loans pledged for borrowed funds.
On March 10, 2000, the Company organized Enterprise (MA) Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a statutory business trust created under the laws of Delaware. The Trust issued $10.5 million of 10.875% trust preferred securities that mature in 2030 and are callable beginning in 2010, at a premium if called between 2010 and 2020 (to date, the Company has not called any portion of these trust preferred securities). The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust, along with the Company’s $325 thousand capital contribution, to acquire $10.8 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10.875% Junior Subordinated Debt Securities that mature in 2030 and are callable beginning in 2010.
(10) | Employee Benefit Plans |
401(k) Defined Contribution Plan and Profit Sharing
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution employee benefit plan. The 401(k) plan allows eligible employees to contribute a percentage of their earnings to the plan. A portion of the employee contribution, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, is matched by the Company. Since January 1, 2009, the Company’s percentage match has been 60% up to the first 6% contributed by the employee.
All eligible employees, at least 18 years of age and completing 1 hour of service, may participate. Vesting for the Company’s 401(k) plan matching contribution is based on years of service with participants becoming 20% vested on January 1st of the year following their date of hire and each subsequent January 1st increasing pro-rata to 100% vesting on January1st following five years of service. Amounts not distributable to an employee following termination of employment are used to offset plan expenses and other contributions.
Beginning in 2010, the Company offered a profit sharing component to the 401(k) plan that vests in the same manner as the 401(k) employer match noted above. Employees are not required to participate in the 401(k) plan to receive a profit sharing contribution. All eligible employees, at least 18 years of age, completing 1 hour of service and employed on the last day of the year, may receive a profit sharing contribution. The Company’s contribution is based on company-wide net income targets that are determined at the beginning of the fiscal year and is calculated as a percentage of an employee’s base salary, including overtime and differentials, earned during the plan year up to a maximum salary amount determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which is currently $75 thousand.
From time to time, the Company may also make a discretionary employer contribution to the 401(k) plan. No amounts were contributed as discretionary contributions in 2011, 2010 or 2009.
The Company’s expense for the 401(k) plan match (excluding the profit sharing component) was $591 thousand, $509 thousand and $531 thousand, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.
The Company’s expense for the profit sharing contribution to the 401(k) plan was $399 thousand and $416 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no amounts under this component contributed in 2009.
Supplemental Retirement Plan (SERP)
100
The Company has salary continuation agreements with two of its active executive officers, and one former executive officer, who currently works on a part time basis.
These salary continuation agreements provide for a predetermined fixed-cash supplemental retirement benefit, the amount subject to vesting requirements, to be provided for a period of 20 years after the individual reaches a defined “benefit age.” Each officer has attained their individually defined benefit age and all participants were fully vested under the plan as of December 31, 2010, therefore the Company has not recognized service cost in the current year.
This non-qualified plan represents a direct liability of the Company, and as such has no specific assets set aside to settle the benefit obligation. The funded status is the aggregate amount accrued, or the “Accumulated Benefit Obligation,” which is equal to the present value of the benefits to be provided to the employee or any beneficiary in exchange for the employee’s service rendered to that date. Because the Company’s benefit obligations provide for predetermined fixed-cash payments, the Company does not have any unrecognized costs to be included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
The amounts charged to expense for this plan were $344 thousand, $356 thousand and $341 thousand, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company anticipates accruing an additional $150 thousand to the plan for the year ending December 31, 2012.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the supplemental retirement benefit obligation and the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Reconciliation of benefit obligation: | ||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year | $ | 3,135 | $ | 3,031 | $ | 2,870 | ||||||
Service cost | — | 55 | 164 | |||||||||
Interest cost | 171 | 184 | 177 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss(1) | 173 | 117 | — | |||||||||
Benefits paid | (276 | ) | (252 | ) | (180 | ) | ||||||
Benefit obligation at end of year | $ | 3,203 | $ | 3,135 | $ | 3,031 | ||||||
Funded status: | ||||||||||||
Accrued liability as of December 31 | $ | (3,203 | ) | $ | (3,135 | ) | $ | (3,031 | ) | |||
Discount rate used for benefit obligation | 4.75 | % | 5.50 | % | 6.00 | % | ||||||
Net periodic benefit cost: | ||||||||||||
Service cost | $ | — | $ | 55 | $ | 164 | ||||||
Interest cost | 171 | 184 | 177 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss(1) | 173 | 117 | — | |||||||||
$ | 344 | $ | 356 | $ | 341 | |||||||
_____________________________
(1)Management utilizes the Moody’s 20 year AA corporate bond rates to establish the reasonableness of the discount rate used. In 2011, the Company changed the discount rate from 5.50% to 4.75% and in 2010, the Company changed the discount rate from 6.00% to 5.50% to reflect changes in bond market rates. The impact of the discount rate change is reflected as the actuarial loss.
101
Benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate five years thereafter:
(Dollars in thousands) | |||
2012 | $ | 276 | |
2013 | 276 | ||
2014 | 276 | ||
2015 | 276 | ||
2016 | 276 | ||
2017-2021 | 1,379 | ||
Supplemental Life Insurance
For certain senior and executive officers on whom the Bank owns BOLI (see Item (i) "Bank Owned Life Insurance" in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," for further information regarding BOLI), the Bank has provided supplement life insurance which provides a death benefit to the officer’s designated beneficiaries.
The Company has recognized a liability for future benefits associated with an endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement that provides a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods.
This non-qualified plan represents a direct liability of the Company, and as such has no specific assets set aside to settle the benefit obligation. The funded status is the aggregate amount accrued, or the “Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation,” which is the present value of the future retirement benefits associated with this arrangement.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the supplemental life insurance plan and the net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Reconciliation of benefit obligation: | ||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year | $ | 1,317 | $ | 1,194 | $ | 1,092 | ||||||
Service cost | 15 | (43 | ) | 35 | ||||||||
Interest cost | 72 | 69 | 67 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss | 10 | 97 | — | |||||||||
Benefit obligation at end of year | $ | 1,414 | $ | 1,317 | $ | 1,194 | ||||||
Funded status: | ||||||||||||
Accrued liability as of December 31 | $ | (1,414 | ) | $ | (1,317 | ) | $ | (1,194 | ) | |||
Discount rate used for benefit obligation | 4.75 | % | 5.50 | % | 6.00 | % | ||||||
Net periodic benefit cost: | ||||||||||||
Service cost | $ | 15 | $ | (43 | ) | $ | 35 | |||||
Interest cost | 72 | 69 | 67 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss(1) | 10 | 97 | — | |||||||||
$ | 97 | $ | 123 | 102 | ||||||||
(1) Management utilizes the Moody’s 20 year AA corporate bond rates to establish the reasonableness of the discount rate used. In 2011, the Company changed the discount rate from 5.50% to 4.75% and in 2010, the Company changed the discount rate from 6.00% to 5.50% to reflect changes in bond market rates. The impact of the discount rate change is reflected as the actuarial loss.
102
The benefit expense of the postretirement cost of insurance for split dollar insurance coverage amounted to $97 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, $123 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $102 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company anticipates accruing an additional $83 thousand to the plan for the year ending December 31, 2012.
See note 14 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” below, for additional information regarding employee benefits offered in the form of stock option and restricted stock awards.
(11) | Commitments, Contingencies and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk |
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced portions of loans and lines of credit.
The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in the particular classes of financial instruments.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Commitments to originate loans | $ | 21,805 | $ | 60,298 | ||||
Commitments to originate loans for sale | 7,847 | 4,454 | ||||||
Commitments to sell loans | 12,908 | 10,115 | ||||||
Standby letters of credit | 16,170 | 20,249 | ||||||
Unadvanced portions of commercial real estate | 8,512 | 15,216 | ||||||
Unadvanced portions of commercial loans and lines | 200,242 | 181,713 | ||||||
Unadvanced portions of construction loans (cmml & resid) | 67,289 | 77,356 | ||||||
Unadvanced portions of home equity lines | 54,808 | 56,029 | ||||||
Unadvanced portions of consumer loans | 3,075 | 3,101 | ||||||
Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Unadvanced portions of consumer loans include credit card loans and overdraft protection line.
The Company originates residential mortgage loans under agreements to sell such loans, generally with servicing released. All loans sold are currently sold without recourse, subject to an early payment default period covering the first four payments for certain loan sales.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. If the letter of credit is drawn upon, the Company creates a loan for the
103
customer with the same criteria associated with similar loans.
Unadvanced portions of loans and lines of credit represent credit extended to customers but not yet drawn upon, and are secured or guaranteed under preexisting loan agreements. Commercial loans and lines may be collateralized by the assets underlying the borrower’s business such as accounts receivable, equipment, inventory and real property or may be unsecured loans and lines to financially strong borrowers and are generally guaranteed by the principals of the borrower. Commercial real estate loans are generally secured by the underlying real property and rental agreements. Residential mortgage and home equity loans are secured by the real property financed. Consumer loans such as installment loans are generally secured by the personal property financed, while credit card loans are generally unsecured. The Company manages its loan portfolio to avoid concentration by industry or loan size to minimize its credit risk exposure.
The Bank is required by the FRB to maintain in reserves certain amounts of vault cash and/or deposits with the FRB. The average daily reserve requirement included in “Cash and Due from Banks” was approximately $6.7 million and $2.5 million, based on the two week computation periods encompassing December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party or to which any of its property is subject, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company. After review with legal counsel, management does not believe resolution of any present litigation will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
(12) | Stockholders’ Equity |
The Company’s authorized capital is divided into common stock and preferred stock. The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors. Dividend and liquidation rights of the common stock may be subject to the rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
The Company has maintained a shareholders rights plan since 1998. The plan as originally adopted expired pursuant to its terms on January 13, 2008, and in conjunction with such expiration the Company adopted a renewed shareholders rights plan containing terms that are substantially similar to the terms of the original plan. Under the renewed plan, each share of common stock includes a right to purchase under certain circumstances one one-hundredth of a share of the Company’s Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $52.00 per one one-hundredth of a preferred share, subject to adjustment, or, in certain circumstances, to receive cash, property, shares of common stock or other securities of the Company. The rights are not presently exercisable and remain attached to the shares of common stock until the occurrence of certain triggering events that would ordinarily be associated with an unsolicited acquisition or attempted acquisition of 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The rights will expire, unless earlier redeemed, exchanged, or otherwise rescinded by the Company, on January 13, 2018. The rights have no voting or dividend privileges, and unless and until they become exercisable have no dilutive effect on the earnings of the Company.
Capital Adequacy Requirements
Capital planning by the Company and the Bank considers current needs and anticipated future growth. The primary sources of capital have been the original capitalization of the Bank of $15.5 million from the sale of common stock in 1988 and 1989, the issuance of $10.5 million of trust preferred securities in 2000 by the Trust, net proceeds of $8.8 million from the 2009 offering discussed below, retention of earnings less dividends paid since the Bank commenced operations, proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and proceeds from purchases of shares pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
The Company has remaining approximately $16 million in capacity to raise capital under a shelf registration of rights and common stock which expires in September 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2009, in order to increase capital and position itself to take advantage of growth and market share opportunities, the Company raised $8.9 million in new
104
capital through a combined Shareholder Subscription Rights Offering and Supplemental Community Offering, under a 2009 $25 million SEC shelf registration. The Company contributed the net proceeds from these offerings($8.8 million net of offering expenses) to the Bank.
Management believes that current capital is adequate to support ongoing operations.
Applicable regulatory requirements require the Company to maintain minimum total capital equal to 8.00% of total risk-weighted assets (total capital ratio), minimum Tier 1 capital equal to 4.00% of total risk-weighted assets (Tier 1 capital ratio) and minimum Tier 1 capital equal to 4.00% of quarterly average total assets (leverage capital ratio). Tier 1 capital, in the case of the Company, is composed of common equity and, subject to regulatory limits, trust preferred securities, reduced by certain intangible assets. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital which, in the case of the Company, is composed of the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Applicable regulatory requirements for the Bank are not materially different from those of the Company.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate or result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under applicable capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action applicable to the Bank, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, both the Company and the Bank qualified as “well capitalized” under applicable Federal Reserve Board and FDIC regulations.
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following tables. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total Tier 1 and, in the case of the Bank, leverage capital ratios as set forth below.
Actual | Minimum Capital for Capital Adequacy Purposes | Minimum Capital To Be Well Capitalized* | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
The Company | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) | $ | 144,882 | 11.42 | % | $ | 101,515 | 8.00 | % | $ | 126,894 | 10.00 | % | |||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) | 128,679 | 10.14 | % | 50,758 | 4.00 | % | 76,136 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) | 128,679 | 8.63 | % | 59,625 | 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||
The Bank | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) | $ | 144,354 | 11.38 | % | $ | 101,512 | 8.00 | % | $ | 126,891 | 10.00 | % | |||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) | 128,152 | 10.10 | % | 50,756 | 4.00 | % | 76,134 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) | 128,152 | 8.60 | % | 59,595 | 4.00 | % | 74,494 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
____________________
* For the Bank to qualify as “well capitalized”, it must maintain a leverage capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to average assets) of at least 5%. This requirement does not apply to the Company.
105
Actual | Minimum Capital for Capital Adequacy Purposes | Minimum Capital To Be Well Capitalized* | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
The Company | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) | $ | 134,691 | 11.44 | % | $ | 94,182 | 8.00 | % | $ | 117,727 | 10.00 | % | |||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) | 119,335 | 10.14 | % | 47,091 | 4.00 | % | 70,636 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) | 119,335 | 8.55 | % | 55,835 | 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||
The Bank | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) | $ | 134,393 | 11.42 | % | $ | 94,177 | 8.00 | % | $ | 117,722 | 10.00 | % | |||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) | 119,037 | 10.11 | % | 47,089 | 4.00 | % | 70,633 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) | 119,037 | 8.53 | % | 55,804 | 4.00 | % | 69,755 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
______________________
* For the Bank to qualify as “well capitalized”, it must maintain a leverage capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to average assets) of at least 5%. This requirement does not apply to the Company.
Dividends
Neither the Company nor the Bank may declare or pay dividends on its stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders’ equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory capital requirements or if such declaration and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.
As the principal asset of the Company, the Bank currently provides the only source of cash for the payment of dividends by the Company. Under Massachusetts law, trust companies such as the Bank may pay dividends only out of “net profits” and only to the extent that such payments will not impair the Bank’s capital stock. Any dividend payment that would exceed the total of the Bank’s net profits for the current year plus its retained net profits of the preceding two years would require the Commissioner’s approval. The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 also prohibits a bank from paying any dividends on its capital stock if the bank is in default on the payment of any assessment to the FDIC or if the payment of dividends would otherwise cause the bank to become undercapitalized. These restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company may restrict the ability of the Company to pay dividends to the holders of its common stock.
The statutory term “net profits” essentially equates with the accounting term “net income” and is defined under the Massachusetts banking statutes to mean the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets after deducting from such total all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on any preferred stock and all federal and state taxes.
The Company maintains a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRP”). The DRP enables stockholders, at their discretion, to elect to reinvest dividends paid on their shares of the Company’s common stock by purchasing additional shares of common stock from the Company at a purchase price equal to fair market value. Shareholders utilized the DRP to reinvest $1.3 million, of the $3.9 million total dividends paid by the Company in 2011, into 84,760 shares of the Company’s common stock, and $1.2 million, of the $3.7 million total dividends paid by the Company in 2010, into 105,732 shares of the Company’s common stock.
106
(13) | Fair Values Measurements |
The Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) defines the fair value of an asset or liability to be the price which a seller would receive in an orderly transaction between market participants (an exit price) and also establishes a fair value hierarchy segregating fair value measurements using three levels of inputs: (Level 1) quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; (Level 2) significant other observable inputs, including quoted prices for similar items in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar items in markets that are not active, inputs such as interest rates and yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks and default rates which provide a reasonable basis for fair value determination or inputs derived principally from observed market data; (Level 3) significant unobservable inputs for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs must reflect reasonable assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which are developed on the basis of the best information available under the circumstances.
The following tables summarize significant assets and liabilities carried at fair value at the dates specified:
December 31, 2011 | Fair Value Measurements using: | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Fair Value | (level 1) | (level 2) | (level 3) | ||||||||||||
Assets measured on a recurring basis: | ||||||||||||||||
Fixed income securities | $ | 133,441 | $ | — | $ | 133,441 | $ | — | ||||||||
Equity securities | 6,964 | 6,964 | — | — | ||||||||||||
FHLB Stock | 4,740 | — | — | 4,740 | ||||||||||||
Assets measured on a non-recurring basis: | ||||||||||||||||
Impaired loans | 7,418 | — | — | 7,418 | ||||||||||||
Other real estate owned | 1,445 | — | — | 1,445 | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 | Fair Value Measurements using: | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Fair Value | (level 1) | (level 2) | (level 3) | ||||||||||||
Assets measured on a recurring basis: | ||||||||||||||||
Fixed income securities | $ | 137,493 | $ | — | $ | 137,493 | $ | — | ||||||||
Equity securities | 4,567 | 4,567 | — | — | ||||||||||||
FHLB Stock | 4,740 | — | — | 4,740 | ||||||||||||
Assets measured on a non-recurring basis: | ||||||||||||||||
Impaired loans | 13,969 | — | — | 13,969 | ||||||||||||
Other real estate owned | 825 | — | — | 825 | ||||||||||||
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not have cause to transfer any assets between the fair value measurement levels.
Investment securities that are considered “available for sale” are carried at fair value. The fixed income category above includes federal agency obligations, federal agency MBS, non-agency CMO, municipal securities,
and certificates of deposits, as held at those periods. Certificates of Deposit are investment securities issued by Financial Institutions. They are subject to FDIC insurance and trade in the open market. The Company utilizes third-party pricing vendors to provide valuations on its fixed income securities. Fair values provided by the vendors were generally determined based upon pricing matrices utilizing observable market data inputs for similar or benchmark
107
securities in active markets and/or based on a matrix pricing methodology which employs The Bond Market Association’s standard calculations for cash flow and price/yield analysis, live benchmark bond pricing and terms/condition data available from major pricing sources. Therefore, management regards the inputs and methods used by third party pricing vendors to be “Level 2 inputs and methods” as defined in the “fair value hierarchy.”
The Company’s equity portfolio fair value is measured based on quoted market prices for the shares, therefore these securities are categorized as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.
Net unrealized appreciation and depreciation on investments available for sale, net of applicable income taxes, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
The Bank is required to purchase FHLB stock at par value in association with advances from the FHLB; this stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost which management believes approximates fair value, therefore these securities are categorized as Level 3 measures. See the discussion regarding FHLB stock in Note 3, “Restricted Investments,” above, for further information regarding the Company’s fair value assessment of FHLB capital stock.
Impaired loan balances in the table above represent those commercial loans where management has estimated the credit loss by comparing the loan’s carrying value against the expected realizable fair value of the collateral (appraised value less estimated cost to sell, adjusted as necessary for changes in relevant valuation factors subsequent to the measurement date). Certain inputs used in appraisals, and possible subsequent adjustments, are not always observable, and therefore, collateral dependent impaired loans are categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. A specific allowance is assigned to the collateral dependent impaired loan for the amount of management’s estimated credit loss. The specific allowances assigned to the collateral dependent impaired loans at December 31, 2011 amounted to $2.6 million compared to $2.2 million at December 31, 2010, a net increase of $400 thousand.
Real estate acquired by the Company through foreclosure proceedings or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”). When property is acquired, it is generally recorded at the lesser of the loan’s remaining principal balance, net of unamortized deferred fees, or the estimated fair value of the property acquired, less estimated costs to sell. The estimated fair value is based on market appraisals and the Company’s internal analysis. Certain inputs used in appraisals are not always observable, and therefore, OREO may be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The carrying value of OREO property at December 31, 2011 was $1.4 million consisting of four properties. The carrying value of OREO at December 31, 2010 was $825 thousand and consisted of two properties. During 2011, four properties were added to OREO through foreclosure, and two properties were sold, one of which had been held at December 31, 2010. There were no gains or losses on OREO sales or subsequent write downs during 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, net gains realized on OREO sales amounted to $120 thousand and the Company wrote down the carry value of one property by $500 thousand subsequent to transfer to OREO to reflect the adjusted estimated realizable fair value.
Other Guarantees and Commitments
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The fair value of these commitments was estimated to be the fees charged to enter into similar agreements, and accordingly these fair value measures are deemed to be FASB Level 2 measurements. In accordance with the FASB, the estimated fair values of these commitments are carried on the balance sheet as a liability and amortized to income over the life of the letters of credit, which is typically one year. The estimated fair value of these commitments carried on the balance sheet was $27 thousand and $40 thousand at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and were deemed immaterial.
Interest rate lock commitments related to the origination of mortgage loans that will be sold are considered derivative instruments. The Company estimates the fair value of these derivatives using the difference between the guaranteed interest rate in the commitment and the current market interest rate. To reduce the net interest rate exposure arising from its loan sale activity, the Company enters into the commitment to sell these loans at essentially the same time that the interest rate lock commitment is quoted on the origination of the loan. The commitments to sell loans are also considered derivative instruments, with estimated fair values based on changes in current market rates. These
108
commitments represent the Company’s only derivative instruments and are accounted for in accordance with FASB guidance. The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments are deemed to be FASB Level 2 measurements. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the estimated fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments was considered to be immaterial.
Estimated Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
In addition to disclosures regarding the measurement of assets and liabilities carried at fair value on the balance sheet, the Company is also required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value, whether or not recognized on the balance sheet. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, fair values are based upon estimates using various valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of its financial instruments:
The respective carrying values of certain financial instruments approximated their fair value, as they were short-term in nature or payable on demand. These include cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable, repurchase agreements, accrued interest payable and non-certificate deposit accounts.
Investments: Fair values for investments were based on quoted market prices, where available, as provided by third-party accounting and pricing vendors. If quoted market prices were not available, fair values provided by the vendors were based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments in active markets and/or based on a matrix pricing methodology. The Company obtains a second price from a third party on a sample of fixed income securities to assess the reasonableness of prices provided by the primary pricing vendor. See the discussion regarding fair value of investment securities above for further information regarding the Company's fair value measurements of investments.
The carrying amount of FHLB stock reported approximates fair value. See the discussion regarding FHLB stock in Note 3, “Restricted Investments,” above, for further information regarding the Company's fair value assessment of FHLB capital stock.
Loans: The fair value of loans was determined using discounted cash flow analysis, using interest rates currently being offered by the Company. The incremental credit risk for non-accrual loans was considered in the determination of the fair value of the loans. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit price concept of fair value.
Commitments: The fair values of the unused portion of lines of credit and letters of credit were estimated to be the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. Commitments to originate non-mortgage loans were short-term and were at current market rates and estimated to have no significant change in fair value.
Financial liabilities: The fair values of certificates of deposit and borrowings were estimated using discounted cash flow analysis using rates offered by the Bank, or advance rates offered by the FHLB on December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 for similar instruments. The fair value of junior subordinated debentures was estimated using discounted cash flow analysis using a market rate of interest at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
Limitations: The estimates of fair value of financial instruments were based on information available at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and are not indicative of the fair market value of those instruments as of the date of this report. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.
Because no active market exists for a portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates were based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates were based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without an attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial
109
instruments, including premises and equipment and foreclosed real estate.
In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized appreciation and depreciation can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at the dates indicated are summarized as follows:
2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | Carrying Amount | Fair Value | Carrying Amount | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 39,131 | $ | 39,131 | $ | 55,006 | $ | 55,006 | ||||||||
Investment securities | 140,405 | 140,405 | 142,060 | 142,060 | ||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock | 4,740 | 4,740 | 4,740 | 4,740 | ||||||||||||
Loans, net | 1,227,329 | 1,235,229 | 1,123,931 | 1,117,031 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable | 5,821 | 5,821 | 5,532 | 5,532 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
Non-interest demand deposits | 309,930 | 309,930 | 231,121 | 231,121 | ||||||||||||
Interest bearing checking, savings, money market accounts(1) | 753,533 | 753,533 | 736,443 | 736,443 | ||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit(1) | 269,695 | 270,282 | 276,507 | 277,109 | ||||||||||||
Borrowed funds | 4,494 | 4,541 | 15,541 | 15,623 | ||||||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | 10,825 | 11,042 | 10,825 | 10,825 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest payable | 751 | 751 | 914 | 914 | ||||||||||||
(1) Includes brokered deposit balances, if applicable
(14) | Stock-Based Compensation Plans |
The Company currently has three individual stock incentive plans: the 1998 plan as amended in 2001, the 2003 plan as amended in 2009, and the 2009 plan. The plans permit the Board of Directors to grant, under various terms, both incentive and non-qualified stock options (for the purchase of newly issued shares of common stock), restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to officers and other employees, directors and consultants. These plans also allow for newly issued shares of common stock to be issued without restrictions, to officers and other employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2011, 206,610 shares remain available for future grants under the 2003 and 2009 plans. The 1998 plan is closed to future grants, although several awards previously granted under this plan remain outstanding and may be exercised in the future.
To date the Company has utilized the plans to issue stock option awards and restricted stock awards to officers, other employees and directors, and stock compensation in lieu of cash fees to directors. No options or other awards of any kind have been granted to consultants.
Total stock-based compensation expense related to these plans was $1.0 million, $880 thousand and $707 thousand for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. The total tax benefit recognized related to the stock-based compensation expense was $415 thousand, $355 thousand and $283 thousand, for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.
110
Stock Option Awards
Accounting guidance requires that the stock-based compensation expense recognized in earnings be based on the amount of awards ultimately expected to vest; therefore, a forfeiture assumption must be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company has estimated forfeitures based on historical experience for the portion of the grant which had vested and/or grants already vested based on similarities in the type of options and employee group.
All options that have been granted under the plans generally become exercisable at the rate of 25% per year on or about the anniversary date of the original grant. Vested options are only exercisable while the employee remains employed with the Bank and for a limited period thereafter. For the 2011 awards, under current Company guidelines,
upon the date of retirement, vesting of unvested options may be accelerated if an employee meets certain retirement criteria. The 2010 and prior awards provide for accelerated vesting of the entire grant for those who are age 62 on the grant date or upon attaining age 62 during the normal vesting period. Options outstanding at December 31, 2011 consist of options granted in 2005 and 2006 which expire 8 years from the grant date and 2007 through 2011 which expire 7 years from the grant date.
Under the terms of the plans, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and may not have a term of more than ten years. Any shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 2003 and 2009 plans that are returned to the Company unexercised shall remain available for issuance under such plans, while the plans are open. For participants owning 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (of which there are currently none), incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and may not have an expiration term of more than five years.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option valuation model in order to determine the per share grant date fair value of option grants. The table below provides a summary of the options granted, fair value, the fair value as a percentage of the market value of the stock at the date of grant and the average assumptions used in the model for the years indicated.
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||
Options granted | 83,075 | 75,775 | 51,050 | |||||||||
Average assumptions used in the model: | ||||||||||||
Expected volatility | 45 | % | 44 | % | 40 | % | ||||||
Expected dividend yield | 2.91 | % | 3.13 | % | 4.54 | % | ||||||
Expected life in years | 5.5 | 5.2 | 5.5 | |||||||||
Risk-free interest rate | 2.17 | % | 2.35 | % | 2.32 | % | ||||||
Market price on date of grant | $ | 14.88 | $ | 12.32 | $ | 8.75 | ||||||
Per share weighted average fair value | $ | 5.28 | $ | 4.21 | $ | 2.51 | ||||||
Percentage of market value at grant date | 35 | % | 34 | % | 29 | % | ||||||
The expected volatility is the anticipated variability in the Company’s share price over the expected life of the option. The Company’s shares began trading on a public exchange in February 2005 and limited trading has occurred. Management assesses the Company’s expected volatility by comparing the Company’s historical volatility to that of peer financial institutions and a banking index.
The expected dividend yield is the Company’s projected dividends based on historical annualized dividend yield to coincide with volatility divided by its share price at the date of grant.
The expected life represents the period of time that the option is expected to be outstanding. The Company utilized the simplified method and under this method, the expected term equals the vesting term plus the contractual term
111
divided by 2.
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant for a period equivalent to the expected life of the option.
Stock option transactions during the year ended December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows:
Options | Weighted Average Exercise Price | Weighted Average Remaining Life | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | |||||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2010 | 590,548 | $ | 13.77 | 3.7 | $ | 445,274 | ||||||||
Granted | 83,075 | 14.88 | ||||||||||||
Exercised | 26,087 | 12.52 | ||||||||||||
Forfeited/Expired | 19,218 | 14.58 | ||||||||||||
Outstanding December 31, 2011 | 628,318 | $ | 13.95 | 3.2 | $ | 555,529 | ||||||||
Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2011 | 452,288 | $ | 14.27 | 2.4 | $ | 299,588 | ||||||||
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options. If the closing price was less than the exercise price of the option, no intrinsic value was assigned to the grant. At December 31, 2011, in-the-money vested and exercisable options totaled 144,138. The intrinsic value of options vested and exercisable represents the total pretax intrinsic value that would have been received by the option holders had all in-the-money vested option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. The intrinsic value will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.
Cash received from option exercises was $309 thousand, $5 thousand and $222 thousand in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Total intrinsic value of options exercised was $101 thousand, $1 thousand and $368 thousand in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The actual tax benefit arising during the period for the tax deduction from the disqualifying disposition of shares acquired upon exercise was $4 thousand, $0 thousand and $13 thousand in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
Compensation expense recognized in association with the stock option awards amounted to $230 thousand, $235 thousand and $254 thousand for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total tax benefit recognized related to the stock option expense was $91 thousand, $93 thousand, and $98 thousand for the years ended 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
As of December 31, 2011 there was $443 thousand of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of 2.75 years.
Restricted Stock Awards
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in association with the restricted stock award amounted to $639 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011, $511 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $263 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009. The total tax benefit recognized related to restricted stock compensation expense was $257 thousand, $208 thousand, and $108 thousand for the years ended 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
During 2011, the Company granted 64,765 shares of common stock in the form of restricted stock awards comprised
112
of 54,475 shares awarded to employees, generally vesting over four years, 6,790 shares awarded to directors vesting over two years and 3,500 shares awarded to an executive officer vesting immediately. The weighted average grant date fair value of the restricted stock awarded was $14.88 per share, which reflects the market value of the common stock on the grant dates. The unvested 2011 awards generally vest, in each case, in equal portions beginning on or about on the first anniversary date of the award.
During 2010, the Company granted 77,963 shares of common stock to employees as restricted stock awards comprised of 70,475 shares awarded to employees vesting over four years and 7,488 shares awarded to directors vesting over two years. The 2010 awards generally vest, in each case, in equal portions beginning on or about the first anniversary date of the award. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awarded was $12.51 per share, which reflects the market value of the common stock on the grant date.
The restricted stock awards allow for the receipt of dividends, and the voting of all shares, whether or not vested, throughout the vesting periods.
If a grantee’s employment or other service relationship, such as service as a director, is terminated for any reason, then any shares of restricted stock that have not vested as of the time of such termination generally must be forfeited, unless the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, waives such forfeiture requirement. In the case of retirement, under current Company guidelines a portion of the unvested restricted shares may be accelerated if an employee meets certain retirement criteria.
The following table set forth a summary of the activity for the Company’s restricted stock awards.
Restricted Stock | Weighted Average Grant Price | Weighted Average Remaining Life | Aggregate Intrinsic Value | |||||||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2010 | 128,533 | $ | 10.99 | 2.4 | $ | 1,748,049 | ||||||||
Granted | 64,765 | 14.88 | ||||||||||||
Vested/released | 56,092 | 10.60 | ||||||||||||
Forfeited | 4,406 | 13.28 | ||||||||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2011 | 132,800 | $ | 12.98 | 2.6 | $ | 1,899,040 | ||||||||
As of December 31, 2011, there remained $1.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting period of 2.6 years.
Director Stock Compensation in Lieu of Fees
In addition to restricted stock awards discussed above, the members of the Company’s Board of Directors may opt to receive newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock in lieu of cash compensation for attendance at Board and Board Committee meetings. Directors must make an irrevocable election to receive shares of common stock in lieu of cash fees prior to December 31st of the preceding year. Directors are granted shares of common stock in lieu of cash fees at a per share price which reflects the market value of the common stock on the first business day of the year.
Total directors fee expense amounted to $368 thousand, $315 thousand and $288 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in the 2011 expense was stock compensation in lieu of cash fees of $166 thousand, which represented 12,132 shares issued to Directors in January 2012, at a fair market value price of $13.65 per share, which reflected the fair value of the common stock on January 3, 2011. Included in the 2010 expense was stock compensation of $134 thousand, which represented 12,046 shares issued to Directors in January 2011, at a fair market value price of $11.09 per share, which reflected the fair value of the common stock on January 4, 2010. Included in the 2009 expense was stock compensation of $190 thousand, which represented 16,897 shares issued to Directors in January 2010, at a fair market value price of $11.28 per share, which reflected the fair value of the common stock on January 2, 2009.
113
The total tax benefit recognized related to the expense of Director stock compensation for attendance was $67 thousand, $54 thousand and $78 thousand, for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.
(15) | Income Taxes |
The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 were calculated using the asset and liability method as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Current tax expense: | ||||||||||||
Federal | $ | 5,501 | $ | 4,221 | $ | 3,482 | ||||||
State | 1,699 | 1,512 | 1,272 | |||||||||
Total current tax expense | 7,200 | 5,733 | 4,754 | |||||||||
Deferred tax (benefit)/ expense: | ||||||||||||
Federal | (1,602 | ) | (427 | ) | (1,144 | ) | ||||||
State | (437 | ) | (232 | ) | (392 | ) | ||||||
Total deferred tax benefit | (2,039 | ) | (659 | ) | (1,536 | ) | ||||||
Total income tax expense | $ | 5,161 | $ | 5,074 | $ | 3,218 | ||||||
On July 3, 2008, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts enacted a law that included reducing future tax rates on net income applicable to financial institutions. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, the tax rate dropped from 10.5% to 10% and for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the rate dropped to 9.5%. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2012 and thereafter, the rate drops to 9%.
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (35%) to income before taxes as follows:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Computed income tax expense at statutory rate | $ | 5,476 | $ | 5,343 | $ | 3,796 | ||||||
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit | 833 | 845 | 581 | |||||||||
Tax exempt income, net of disallowance | (972 | ) | (995 | ) | (1,035 | ) | ||||||
Bank Owned Life Insurance | (182 | ) | (189 | ) | (184 | ) | ||||||
Other | 6 | 70 | 60 | |||||||||
Total income tax expense | $ | 5,161 | $ | 5,074 | $ | 3,218 | ||||||
Effective income tax rate | 32.0 | % | 32.3 | % | 28.8 | % | ||||||
114
At December 31 the tax effects of each type of income and expense item that give rise to deferred taxes are:
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset: | ||||||||
Allowance for loan losses | $ | 9,442 | $ | 7,842 | ||||
Depreciation | 2,646 | 2,433 | ||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment on equity securities | 423 | 506 | ||||||
Supplemental employee retirement plans | 1,300 | 1,266 | ||||||
Non-accrual interest | 1,388 | 1,009 | ||||||
Non-qualified stock option expense | 562 | 468 | ||||||
Impairment of OREO | 175 | 202 | ||||||
Restricted stock | 203 | 132 | ||||||
Total | 16,139 | 13,858 | ||||||
Deferred tax liability: | ||||||||
Goodwill | 1,502 | 1,280 | ||||||
Net unrealized gains on investments securities | 1,780 | 1,113 | ||||||
Deferred origination costs | 446 | 422 | ||||||
Other | — | 4 | ||||||
Total | 3,728 | 2,819 | ||||||
Net deferred tax asset | $ | 12,411 | $ | 11,039 | ||||
Management believes that it is more likely than not that current recoverable income taxes and the expectation of future taxable income, based on the Company’s history of reporting taxable income, will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax asset existing at December 31, 2011. The Company paid total income taxes in 2011, 2010, and 2009 of $7.1 million, $6.2 million, and $3.6 million, respectively. However, factors, beyond management’s control, such as the general state of the economy can affect future levels of taxable income and there can be no assurances that sufficient taxable income will be generated to fully realize the deferred tax assets in the future. In addition, management has the ability to sell any of the equity securities affected by the OTTI charge. A sale of the equity securities would ensure that, for tax purposes, a portion of the losses on sales could be applied against investment gains realized on the portfolio during the past three years, before the ability to carry back losses against these gains expires.
The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits accrued as income tax liabilities or receivables or as deferred tax items at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010. The Company’s tax years beginning after December 31, 2005 are open to federal and state income tax examinations.
(16) | Related Party Transactions |
The Bank leases its headquarters and certain related parking spaces from the National Park Service. Prior to September 2010, a realty trust leased the Bank’s headquarters and the related parking spaces from the U.S. National Park Service and in turn subleased the building and spaces to the Bank. The sole beneficiary of this realty trust is a limited partnership in which one of the Company’s Directors, who became a member of the Board of Directors in 2008, held a 13.7% limited partnership interest.
The Bank acquired the lease with the National Park Service from the trust in September 2010 for $2.0 million, in
115
addition to having paid a total of $209 thousand in prior lease payments to the trust in 2010 under the then existing sublease arrangements. The total amount paid by the Bank to the realty trust for annual rent for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $250 thousand. The Company believes that the terms of its purchase of the lease with the National Park Service from the trust as well as its prior sublease arrangement with the trust, including the amounts paid in each case by the Bank, were substantially similar to such terms as would be included in comparable transactions entered into at the time of such transactions with a party who was not affiliated with the Bank or any of its Directors.
See note 4 “Loans” above, for information regarding loans to related parties.
(17) | Parent Company Only Financial Statements |
Balance Sheets
December 31, | ||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Cash and due from subsidiary | $ | 401 | $ | 181 | ||||
Investment in subsidiary | 138,150 | 127,588 | ||||||
Other assets | 97 | 102 | ||||||
Total assets | $ | 138,648 | $ | 127,871 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures | $ | 10,825 | $ | 10,825 | ||||
Accrued interest payable | 370 | 370 | ||||||
Other liabilities | 5 | 3 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 11,200 | 11,198 | ||||||
Stockholders' equity: | ||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued | — | — | ||||||
Common stock $0.01 par value per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 9,472,748 and 9,290,465 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively | 95 | 93 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 45,158 | 42,590 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 78,999 | 72,000 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income | 3,196 | 1,990 | ||||||
Total stockholders’ equity | $ | 127,448 | $ | 116,673 | ||||
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | 138,648 | $ | 127,871 | ||||
116
Statements of Income
For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Undistributed equity in net income of Subsidiary | $ | 9,356 | $ | 9,095 | $ | 6,556 | ||||||
Dividends distributed by subsidiary | 3,000 | 2,900 | 2,800 | |||||||||
Total income | 12,356 | 11,995 | 9,356 | |||||||||
Interest expense | 1,177 | 1,177 | 1,177 | |||||||||
Other operating expenses | 225 | 168 | 223 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses | 1,402 | 1,345 | 1,400 | |||||||||
Income before income taxes | 10,954 | 10,650 | 7,956 | |||||||||
Provision for income tax | 10 | 10 | 10 | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 10,944 | $ | 10,640 | $ | 7,946 | ||||||
117
Parent Company Only Financial Statements
Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 10,944 | $ | 10,640 | $ | 7,946 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash | ||||||||||||
Undistributed equity in net income of subsidiary | (9,356 | ) | (9,095 | ) | (6,556 | ) | ||||||
Payment from subsidiary bank for stock compensation expense | 1,003 | 936 | 684 | |||||||||
(Increase)/decrease in other assets | 5 | (66 | ) | 13 | ||||||||
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities | 2 | (8 | ) | (117 | ) | |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 2,598 | 2,407 | 1,970 | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||||||
Investments in subsidiaries | — | — | (8,774 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | — | — | (8,774 | ) | ||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends paid | (3,945 | ) | (3,682 | ) | (3,104 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock | 1,254 | 1,198 | 9,847 | |||||||||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options | 309 | 5 | 222 | |||||||||
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options | 4 | — | 13 | |||||||||
Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities | (2,378 | ) | (2,479 | ) | 6,978 | |||||||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | 220 | (72 | ) | 174 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | 181 | 253 | 79 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | $ | 401 | $ | 181 | $ | 253 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from subsidiary.
On September 10, 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration of rights and common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the flexibility to raise, over a three year period, up to $25 million in capital. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company successfully completed a combined Shareholder Subscription Rights Offering and Supplemental Community Offering under the shelf registration, raising $8.9 million in new capital ($8.8 million net of offering expenses). The Company contributed the net proceeds from these offerings to the Bank.
The Parent Company’s Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity are identical to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and therefore are not presented here.
118
(18) | Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) |
2011 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except share data) | First Quarter | Second Quarter | Third Quarter | Fourth Quarter | ||||||||||||
Interest and dividend income | $ | 16,240 | $ | 16,490 | $ | 16,913 | $ | 17,326 | ||||||||
Interest expense | 2,231 | 2,220 | 2,174 | 2,018 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | 14,009 | 14,270 | 14,739 | 15,308 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses | 922 | 1,192 | 1,840 | 1,243 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | 13,087 | 13,078 | 12,899 | 14,065 | ||||||||||||
Non-interest income | 2,780 | 2,785 | 2,754 | 2,957 | ||||||||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment charge | — | — | — | (3 | ) | |||||||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | — | 261 | 486 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Non-interest expense | 12,200 | 12,094 | 11,878 | 12,916 | ||||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 3,667 | 4,030 | 4,261 | 4,147 | ||||||||||||
Provision for income tax | 1,203 | 1,345 | 1,324 | 1,289 | ||||||||||||
Net income, as reported | $ | 2,464 | $ | 2,685 | $ | 2,937 | $ | 2,858 | ||||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.26 | $ | 0.29 | $ | 0.31 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.26 | $ | 0.28 | $ | 0.31 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||||
2010 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except share data) | First Quarter | Second Quarter | Third Quarter | Fourth Quarter | ||||||||||||
Interest and dividend income | $ | 15,865 | $ | 16,425 | $ | 16,353 | $ | 16,388 | ||||||||
Interest expense | 2,682 | 2,569 | 2,456 | 2,353 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | 13,183 | 13,856 | 13,897 | 14,035 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses | 879 | 1,033 | 1,275 | 1,950 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses | 12,304 | 12,823 | 12,622 | 12,085 | ||||||||||||
Non-interest income | 2,591 | 2,588 | 2,660 | 2,855 | ||||||||||||
Other-than-temporary impairment charge | (1 | ) | (7 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
Net gains on sales of investment securities | 501 | 276 | — | 98 | ||||||||||||
Non-interest expense | 11,133 | 11,772 | 11,208 | 11,568 | ||||||||||||
Income before income taxes | 4,262 | 3,908 | 4,074 | 3,470 | ||||||||||||
Provision for income tax | 1,376 | 1,305 | 1,345 | 1,048 | ||||||||||||
Net income, as reported | $ | 2,886 | $ | 2,603 | $ | 2,729 | $ | 2,422 | ||||||||
Basic earnings per share | $ | 0.32 | $ | 0.28 | $ | 0.30 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per share | $ | 0.32 | $ | 0.28 | $ | 0.30 | $ | 0.26 | ||||||||
119
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 15, 2012
120
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Board of Directors
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc:
We have audited Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated March 15, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 15, 2012
121
Item 9. | Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in reports that it files or submits to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
The Company carried out an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, however, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatement. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework.” Based on management’s assessment, the Company believes that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on these criteria.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page 120 of this report.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter (i.e., the three months ended December 31, 2011) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal controls.
Item 9B. | Other Information |
None
Part III
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
The information required in Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this part is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 1, 2012, which it expects to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.
122
Part IV
Item 15. | Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) | The following documents are filed as part of this annual report: |
Financial Statements
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 above.
Financial Statement Schedules
None (information included in financial statements)
(b) Exhibits
Exhibit No. and Description
3.1 | Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended as of January 13, 2008, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. |
3.2 | Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended as of May 1, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007. |
4.1 | Renewal Rights Agreement dated as of December 11, 2007 by and between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, including Terms of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and Form of Rights Certificate attached as Exhibits A, B and C thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2007. |
10.1 | Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-60036), filed May 2, 2001. |
10.2 | Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended May 2, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-133792) filed May 4, 2006. |
10.3 | Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-136700), filed on August 17, 2006. |
10.4.1 | Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement for executive officers under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (applicable to grants prior to January 1, 2007). |
10.4.2 | Specimen Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (applicable to grants prior to January 1, 2007). |
10.4.3 | Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (applicable to grants after December 31, 2006). |
10.4.4 | Specimen Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to |
123
Exhibit 10.49.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (applicable to grants after December 31, 2006 and prior to March 17, 2009).
10.4.5 | Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement (includes Company right of repayment) under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (applicable to grants after December 31, 2006). |
10.4.6 | Specimen Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (includes Company right of repayment) under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (applicable to grants after December 31, 2006 and prior to March 17, 2009). |
10.5 | Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Dividend Reinvestment Plan, incorporated by reference to the section of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-17394), filed on May 5, 2011, appearing under the heading “The Plan.” |
10.6.1 | Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and George L. Duncan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 24, 2008. |
10.6.2 | Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and Richard W. Main, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 24, 2008. |
10.6.3 | Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and John P. Clancy, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 24, 2008. |
10.7.1 | Change in Control/Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 18, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and Stephen J. Irish, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. |
10.7.2 | Change in Control/Noncompetition Agreement dated as of December 21, 2010 by and among the Company, the Bank and James A. Marcotte, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2010 |
10.8.1 | Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and George L. Duncan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39.1 to the Company’s 8-K filed on July 20, 2005, as amended by Form 8-K/A filed on February 23, 2006. |
10.8.2 | Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and Richard W. Main, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39.2 to the Company’s 8-K filed on July 20, 2005, as amended by Form 8-K/A filed on February 23, 2006. |
10.9.1 | First Amendment dated as of December 19, 2008 to Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and George L. Duncan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 24, 2008. |
10.9.2 | First Amendment dated as of December 19, 2008 to Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and Richard W. Main, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 24, 2008. |
10.10 | Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and George L. Duncan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40.1 to the Company’s 8-K filed on July 20, 2005. |
10.11 | Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 by and between the Bank and Richard |
124
W. Main, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40.2 to the Company’s 8-K filed on July 20, 2005.
10.12 | Enterprise Bank and Trust Company Supplemental Life Insurance Plan adopted April 5, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006. |
10.13 | Description of directors’ compensation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. |
10.14.1 | Form of Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of March 17, 2009 under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, by and between the Company and each of George L. Duncan and James A. Marcotte, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009. |
10.14.2 | Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 17, 2009 under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, by and between the Company and James A. Marcotte, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009. |
10.15 | Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2009. |
10.16.1 | Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2009. |
10.16.2 | Specimen Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2009. |
10.16.3 | Specimen Restricted Stock Agreement under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2009. |
10.16.4 | Specimen Restricted Stock Agreement for grants of restricted stock to officers and directors under Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. |
10.17.1 | First Amendment dated as of April 1, 2009 to Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and George L. Duncan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. |
10.17.2 | First Amendment dated as of April 1, 2009 to Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and Richard W. Main, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. |
10.17.3 | First Amendment dated as of April 1, 2009 to Employment Agreement dated as of December 19, 2008 by and among the Company, the Bank and John P. Clancy, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. |
10.18 | Enterprise Bank 2011 Variable Compensation Plan, including information regarding grants to named executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2010. |
21.0 | Subsidiaries of the Registrant. |
23.0 | Consent of KPMG LLP. |
31.1 | Certification of principal executive officer under Securities and Exchange Act Rule 13a—14(a) |
125
31.2 | Certification of principal financial officer under Securities and Exchange Act Rule 13a—14(a) |
32.0 | Certification of principal executive officer and principal financial officer under 18 U.S.C § 1350 furnished pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rule 13a—14(b) |
101 | The following materials from Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 were formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. (Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purpose of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Exchange Act and otherwise are not subjected to liability under these sections.) |
(b) | Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K |
The exhibits listed above either have been previously filed and are incorporated herein by reference to the applicable prior filing or are filed herewith.
(c) | Additional Financial Statement Schedules |
None
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC. | ||
Date: March 15, 2012 | By: | /s/ James A. Marcotte |
James A. Marcotte | ||
Executive Vice President, | ||
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ George L. Duncan | Chairman | March 15, 2012 | ||
George L. Duncan | ||||
/s/ Kenneth S. Ansin | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Kenneth S. Ansin | ||||
/s/ Gino J. Baroni | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Gino J. Baroni | ||||
/s/ John P. Clancy, Jr. | Director, Chief Executive Officer | March 15, 2012 | ||
John P. Clancy Jr. | ||||
126
/s/ John R. Clementi | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
John R. Clementi | ||||
/s/ James F. Conway, III | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
James F. Conway, III | ||||
/s/ Carole A. Cowan | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Carole A. Cowan | ||||
/s/ Normand E. Deschene | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Normand E. Deschene | ||||
/s/ Lucy A. Flynn | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Lucy A. Flynn | ||||
/s/ Eric W. Hanson | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Eric W. Hanson | ||||
/s/ John P. Harrington | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
John P. Harrington | ||||
/s/ Arnold S. Lerner | Director, Vice Chairman | March 15, 2012 | ||
Arnold S. Lerner | ||||
/s/ Richard W. Main | Director, President | March 15, 2012 | ||
Richard W. Main | ||||
/s/Jacqueline F. Moloney | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Jacqueline F. Moloney | ||||
/s/ Michael T. Putziger | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Michael T. Putziger | ||||
/s/ Carol L. Reid | Director | March 15, 2012 | ||
Carol L. Reid | ||||
/s/ Michael A. Spinelli | Director, Secretary | March 15, 2012 | ||
Michael A. Spinelli | ||||
/s/ James A. Marcotte | Executive Vice President, Chief | March 15, 2012 | ||
James A. Marcotte | Financial Officer and Treasurer | |||
/s/ Michael K. Sullivan | Controller of the Bank | March 15, 2012 | ||
Michael K. Sullivan | ||||
127